{
  "$schema": "https://paulineletters.com/data/agent/commons/v1/glossary.schema.json",
  "schemaVersion": "1.0",
  "version": "1.0.0",
  "dataset": "glossary",
  "locale": "sw",
  "title": "Msamiati na istilahi za tafsiri katika barua za Paulo",
  "description": "Istilahi tisini na tisa kutoka kitabu cha Matendo na barua za Paulo, zikiwa na uchunguzi unaotegemea marejeo, ufafanuzi wa kileksika unaohusishwa na vyanzo vyake, tafsiri na mipaka yake.",
  "method": "Ufafanuzi unatofautisha uchunguzi wa vifungu na madai ya kileksika na ya tafsiri yanayohusishwa na vyanzo vyake. Kamusi za kihistoria na utafiti uliokaguliwa hutoa maana na hoja zinazoungwa mkono tu katika sehemu zilizorejelewa. Maswali tofauti na hoja zinazopatana hazionyeshwi kuwa mikondo inayopingana; tafsiri zinazohusishwa na waandishi hazithibitishi makubaliano ya sasa wala haziwezi kuhamishwa moja kwa moja kutoka kifungu kimoja hadi kingine. Maumbo ya Kiyunani yanahifadhi tahajia iliyochapishwa na chanzo kilichotajwa. Maandiko yanatajwa kwa marejeo pekee, bila matini ya tafsiri ya Biblia.",
  "license": "https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/",
  "attribution": "Pauline Letters — https://paulineletters.com",
  "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/data/agent/commons/v1/glossary.json",
  "scripture": "References only. No Bible translation text is included; cite the reference and read it in a licensed or public-domain edition.",
  "itemCount": 99,
  "items": [
    {
      "id": "god",
      "name": "Mungu",
      "summary": "Mungu anaelezwa kuwa muumba na mtawala wa ulimwengu, na Mungu wa Wayahudi na wa Mataifa pia. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho hutaja Mungu Baba pamoja na Yesu Kristo aliye Bwana. Vifungu hivi vinamhusisha Mungu na uumbaji na maisha ya waumini, bila kutoa maelezo kamili ya asili yake.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-29",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:29",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-8-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 8:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "usage",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-17-24",
            "a-rom-3-29",
            "a-1co-8-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Vifungu vilivyotajwa vinamhusisha Mungu na uumbaji, kushirikishwa kwa Wayahudi na Mataifa, na maisha ya jumuiya ya waumini.",
          "limit": "Vifungu vinaeleza uhusiano wa Mungu na uumbaji na watu wa makundi mbalimbali; havitoi maelezo kamili ya asili yake."
        },
        {
          "id": "scope",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-8-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho humtaja Baba kuwa Mungu, huku pia kikimweleza Yesu kuwa Bwana katika hoja ileile.",
          "limit": "Mstari unawataja Baba na Yesu pamoja, lakini hauelezi kikamilifu jinsi uhusiano wao unavyoeleweka ndani ya umoja wa Mungu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "holy-spirit",
        "lord-jesus"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-god"
    },
    {
      "id": "christ",
      "name": "Kristo / Masihi",
      "summary": "Kristo ni jina la heshima linalotumiwa kwa Yesu katika mahubiri na barua zilizotajwa hapa. Kitabu cha Matendo kinaonyesha Sauli akitoa hoja kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo; kitabu cha Warumi kinamhusisha Yesu Kristo na kuwa Mwana wa Mungu na kufufuka, na kitabu cha Wafilipi na kuwa Bwana. Vifungu hivi vinatumia jina hilo katika miktadha tofauti badala ya kutoa ufafanuzi mmoja.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-9-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 9:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-christ",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 205, s.v. Χριστός",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg205",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-messiah",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 117, s.v. Μεσσίας",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg117",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "usage",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-9-22"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaonyesha kumtambua Yesu kuwa Kristo kama jambo ambalo Sauli analitetea kwa hoja, wala si kumpa tu jina la binafsi.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaripoti hoja ya Sauli bila kuieleza kwa undani."
        },
        {
          "id": "range",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-1-4",
            "a-phi-2-11"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha Wafilipi vinatumia Kristo pamoja na maelezo mengine kuhusu Yesu, yakiwemo kuwa Mwana wa Mungu na kuwa Bwana.",
          "limit": "Mifano hii haithibitishi kwamba Kristo hutumika kwa namna ileile katika kila kifungu."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-equivalence",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-christ",
            "s-green-messiah"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Vidahizo vya Green vinahusianisha Kristo na Masihi kuwa majina ya heshima yenye maana linganifu inayohusiana na kupakwa mafuta.",
          "limit": "Ulinganifu wa kileksika haufanyi matumizi yake au maana zake za kitheolojia kuwa sawa katika kila kifungu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "son-of-god",
        "lord-jesus"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-christ"
    },
    {
      "id": "holy-spirit",
      "name": "Roho Mtakatifu",
      "summary": "Roho Mtakatifu anaelezwa kuwa uwepo wa Mungu unaotenda katika utume na maisha ya waumini. Kitabu cha Matendo kinamhusisha Roho na kuwatuma Barnaba na Sauli; kitabu cha Warumi kinamhusisha Roho na kuwa wa Kristo; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinamhusisha Roho na kumtambua Yesu kuwa Bwana. Matumizi haya ni mapana kuliko matukio yasiyo ya kawaida na hayapaswi kufupishwa kuwa karama au desturi moja.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "mission",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza kuwa Roho Mtakatifu ndiye aliyewachagua Barnaba na Sauli kwa ajili ya utume.",
          "limit": "Simulizi linaripoti kutumwa kwao lakini halielezi jinsi waliokuwapo walivyosikia au kutathmini agizo hilo."
        },
        {
          "id": "belonging",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-9",
            "a-1co-12-3",
            "a-1co-12-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho vinamhusisha Roho na kuwa Mkristo, kukiri imani na kuifaidisha jumuiya.",
          "limit": "Vifungu hivi pekee havimalizi tofauti za baadaye kuhusu uzoefu wa kiroho au kuendelea kwa karama fulani."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "lord-jesus",
        "spiritual-gifts"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-holy-spirit"
    },
    {
      "id": "lord-jesus",
      "name": "Bwana Yesu",
      "summary": "Bwana Yesu ni namna ambayo maandiko haya yanaeleza uaminifu kwa Yesu na umuhimu wa kumwamini. Kitabu cha Matendo kinatumia jina hilo katika tukio la gerezani Filipi, huku kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kikihusianisha kulikiri na Roho, na kitabu cha Wafilipi kikieleza Yesu kuwa Bwana katika simulizi la kujishusha na kutukuzwa kwake. Si lazima kila matumizi mengine ya neno bwana katika mkusanyiko huu yamhusu Yesu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-31",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:31",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "usage",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-16-31",
            "a-1co-12-3",
            "a-phi-2-11",
            "a-phi-2-8",
            "a-phi-2-9"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Vifungu vilivyotajwa vinahusianisha Yesu kuwa Bwana na kumwamini, kukiri imani na Roho.",
          "limit": "Vinaonyesha jinsi waandishi wanavyoeleza uaminifu kwake, lakini havitoi maelezo yote ya jina hilo la heshima."
        },
        {
          "id": "referent",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-16-31",
            "a-1co-12-3"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Katika vifungu vilivyotajwa vya kitabu cha Matendo na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho, Bwana humtambulisha Yesu.",
          "limit": "Matumizi mengine yanayomhusu Mungu, binadamu au adabu yanapaswa kutambuliwa katika miktadha yake badala ya kuunganishwa moja kwa moja."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "holy-spirit"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-lord-jesus"
    },
    {
      "id": "son-of-god",
      "name": "Mwana wa Mungu",
      "summary": "Mwana wa Mungu humtambulisha Yesu katika uhusiano wake na Mungu. Kitabu cha Matendo kinajumuisha jina hilo katika mahubiri ya Sauli, kitabu cha Warumi kinalihusisha na kufufuka na nguvu, na kitabu cha Wagalatia kinalihusisha na upendo wa Kristo na maisha ya imani ya Paulo. Vifungu vinasisitiza vipengele tofauti vya uhusiano huu bila kutoa ufafanuzi kamili wa fundisho hilo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-9-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 9:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-2-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 2:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "usage",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-9-20",
            "a-rom-1-4",
            "a-gal-2-20"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Vifungu vitatu vinatumia lugha ya kuwa Mwana wa Mungu kwa Yesu katika mahubiri, mafundisho ya ufufuo na maelezo ya Paulo kuhusu imani.",
          "limit": "Vifungu vinaeleza uhusiano huu katika miktadha tofauti bila kutoa maelezo kamili ya kuwa Mwana wa Mungu."
        },
        {
          "id": "context",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-1-4",
            "a-gal-2-20"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha jina hilo na ufufuo, ilhali kitabu cha Wagalatia kinasisitiza Kristo kujitoa na Paulo kumtegemea.",
          "limit": "Vifungu hivyo viwili vinasisitiza vipengele tofauti vya jina hilo badala ya kutoa ufafanuzi mmoja kamili."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "god"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-son-of-god"
    },
    {
      "id": "apostle",
      "name": "Mtume",
      "summary": "Mtume hutumiwa kwa watu walioitwa au kutumwa kutumikia. Paulo hujitaja hivyo, kitabu cha Matendo kinamjumuisha Barnaba, na kitabu cha Wafilipi kinatumia neno hilo kwa Epafrodito katika huduma yake kwa wapokeaji na kwa Paulo. Neno lenyewe halithibitishi kuwa mtu ni mmoja wa wale Kumi na Wawili, wala kuwa kila anayeitwa hivyo ana mamlaka na wajibu uleule.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-9-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 9:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-14-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 14:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-16-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 16:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-barnes-romans-16-7",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "barnes-nt-notes-ccel",
            "work": "Barnes' New Testament Notes",
            "locator": "Romans 16:7, discussion of apostolic status, numbered arguments 1–5",
            "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/b/barnes/ntnotes/cache/ntnotes.txt",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Albert Barnes"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-chrysostom-romans-16-7",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "chrysostom-romans-npnf1-11",
            "work": "Homilies on Romans, NPNF First Series, volume 11",
            "locator": "Homily 31, exposition of Romans 16:7; commentary on the pair's apostolic designation",
            "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/210231.htm",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "primary-text",
            "author": "John Chrysostom",
            "year": "1889"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "paul-barnabas",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-1-1",
            "a-1co-9-1",
            "a-act-14-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Paulo hujitambulisha kuwa mtume, na kitabu cha Matendo pia hutumia jina hilo kwa Barnaba.",
          "limit": "Matumizi haya hayamfanyi yeyote kati yao kuwa mmoja wa wale Kumi na Wawili wa awali."
        },
        {
          "id": "range",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phi-2-25"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinamweleza Epafrodito kuwa mtume wa wapokeaji huku kikieleza huduma yake kwa Paulo.",
          "limit": "Kifungu kinaeleza huduma ya Epafrodito kwa waumini wa Filipi na kwa Paulo; hakimpi kila mtume mamlaka au kazi ileile."
        },
        {
          "id": "romans-16-7-readings",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-16-7",
            "s-chrysostom-romans-16-7",
            "s-barnes-romans-16-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [
            "included-among-apostles",
            "esteemed-by-apostles"
          ],
          "statement": "Chrysostom na Albert Barnes wanatoa tafsiri tofauti za sifa zinazotolewa kwa Androniko na Yunia katika kitabu cha Warumi 16:7.",
          "limit": "Mstari hauelezi wajibu wa watu hao wawili wala kuwahesabu kati ya wale Kumi na Wawili."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [
        {
          "id": "included-among-apostles",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-16-7",
            "s-chrysostom-romans-16-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "label": "Kujumuishwa miongoni mwa mitume",
          "statement": "Chrysostom anafasiri kitabu cha Warumi 16:7 kuwa kinawajumuisha Androniko na Yunia miongoni mwa mitume."
        },
        {
          "id": "esteemed-by-apostles",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-16-7",
            "s-barnes-romans-16-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "label": "Kuheshimiwa na mitume",
          "statement": "Albert Barnes anaelewa sifa hizo kuwa maoni mazuri ya mitume kuhusu watu hao wawili, badala ya uteuzi wao kwenye wadhifa wa utume. Pia anakubali kwa masharti uwezekano wa maana pana ya mtume kuwa mjumbe wa kanisa."
        }
      ],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "disciple",
        "teacher"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-apostle"
    },
    {
      "id": "disciple",
      "name": "Mwanafunzi",
      "summary": "Mwanafunzi ni jina la mwamini na mfuasi katika simulizi la utume katika kitabu cha Matendo. Anania wa Dameski ni mfano mmoja; utume huunda makundi mapya, na baadaye Paulo hukusanya wanafunzi kando na wapinzani huko Efeso. Jina hilo lenyewe halitambulishi wadhifa wa uongozi wala kutoa historia ya mafunzo ya mtu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-9-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 9:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-14-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 14:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "usage",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-9-10",
            "a-act-14-21",
            "a-act-19-9"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo hutumia mwanafunzi kwa mtu aliyetajwa kwa jina na kwa makundi yaliyoanzishwa au kukusanywa kupitia utume.",
          "limit": "Jina hilo pekee halielezi wadhifa wa mtu, historia yake ya mafunzo au imani zake zote."
        },
        {
          "id": "office-limit",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-9-10",
            "a-act-14-21",
            "a-act-19-9"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Hakuna kifungu kati ya hivi kinachofafanua mwanafunzi kuwa wadhifa tofauti wa uongozi.",
          "limit": "Huu ni mpaka wa vifungu vilivyochaguliwa, wala si dai kuhusu kila matumizi ya neno hilo katika historia."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "apostle",
        "teacher",
        "church"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-disciple"
    },
    {
      "id": "elder",
      "name": "Mzee",
      "summary": "Mzee ni jina la uongozi linalotumiwa kwa jumuiya katika kitabu cha Matendo na katika barua kwa Tito. Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza uteuzi wakati wa utume na kuwatambua viongozi wa Efeso walioitwa kwenda Mileto kuwa wazee. Kitabu cha Tito kinaagiza uteuzi katika kila mji. Maandiko haya yanaonyesha jina hilo na wajibu wake katika maelezo yake; pekee hayamalizi swali la kila kanisa kuanza utaratibu huo lini, au la majina mzee na mwangalizi kutumika daima kwa wadhifa uleule.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-14-23",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 14:23",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-20-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 20:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-20-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 20:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-1-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 1:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-1-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 1:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "appointments",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-14-23",
            "a-tit-1-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo na kitabu cha Tito vinaeleza kuwateua wazee kwa ajili ya jumuiya za mahali.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Tito kinaeleza agizo la kuwateua wazee; uandishi na tarehe yake bado vinajadiliwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "overlap",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "source-supported",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-20-17",
            "a-act-20-28",
            "a-tit-1-5",
            "a-tit-1-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Wazee wa Efeso wanaozungumziwa katika kitabu cha Matendo pia wanapewa wajibu wa kuwa waangalizi; kitabu cha Tito kinaweka maelezo hayo mawili karibu.",
          "limit": "Vifungu vinahusianisha wajibu huo katika miktadha yake, lakini havithibitishi muundo mmoja wa nyadhifa kwa kila jumuiya."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "overseer",
        "teacher"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-elder"
    },
    {
      "id": "prophet",
      "name": "Nabii na unabii",
      "summary": "Katika kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho, manabii huzungumza ili kuijenga, kuitia moyo na kuifariji jumuiya. Kitabu cha Matendo kinawaweka manabii pamoja na walimu huko Antiokia. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho pia kinawaelekeza wasikilizaji kutathmini maneno ya unabii na kuwawajibisha manabii kwa maneno yao. Vifungu hivi vinaeleza shughuli hiyo bila kutoa utaratibu mmoja wa uteuzi au kuamua kama karama fulani zinaendelea leo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-14-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 14:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-14-29",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 14:29",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-14-32",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 14:32",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "community",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-1",
            "a-1co-12-28"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho vinawaweka manabii ndani ya maisha ya jumuiya badala ya kuwaonyesha kama watu wanaotenda peke yao tu.",
          "limit": "Vifungu havitoi utaratibu mmoja wa uteuzi wala maelezo kamili ya kazi."
        },
        {
          "id": "evaluation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-14-3",
            "a-1co-14-29",
            "a-1co-14-32"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha unabii na manufaa ya jumuiya, tathmini na kujitawala.",
          "limit": "Kifungu kinaagiza kupambanua; hakithibitishi ukweli wa kila kinachodaiwa kuwa unabii."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "teacher",
        "spiritual-gifts"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-prophet"
    },
    {
      "id": "teacher",
      "name": "Mwalimu",
      "summary": "Mwalimu ni mtu anayeshiriki katika kuwasilisha na kueleza mafundisho ya jumuiya. Kitabu cha Matendo kinawaweka walimu pamoja na manabii huko Antiokia, kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinawajumuisha walimu katika maelezo yake ya majukumu ya jumuiya, na kitabu cha 2 Timotheo kinamweleza msemaji wake kuwa ameteuliwa kufundisha. Matumizi hayo yanahusianisha mafundisho na maisha ya jumuiya, lakini yenyewe hayathibitishi wadhifa wa aina moja, utaratibu mmoja wa uteuzi au sifa za kisasa za kielimu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2ti-1-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Timothy 1:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "usage",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-1",
            "a-1co-12-28"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Walimu wanatajwa katika jumuiya ya Antiokia na miongoni mwa majukumu yanayoelezwa katika kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho.",
          "limit": "Hakuna kifungu kati ya hivyo kinachotoa ufafanuzi kamili wa kitaasisi au mfumo rasmi wa sifa zinazohitajika."
        },
        {
          "id": "letter-voice",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2ti-1-11"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Msemaji wa kitabu cha 2 Timotheo anaeleza kufundisha kuwa sehemu ya utume aliopewa.",
          "limit": "Uandishi wa kitabu cha 2 Timotheo unajadiliwa; maelezo haya ya msemaji kujihusu hayathibitishi yenyewe utume huo ulitolewa lini au na nani."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "prophet",
        "apostle",
        "sound-teaching"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-teacher"
    },
    {
      "id": "high-priest",
      "name": "Kuhani mkuu",
      "summary": "Katika kitabu cha Matendo, kuhani mkuu Anania hutumia mamlaka ya kidini wakati wa kusikilizwa kwa kesi ya Paulo: anaagiza Paulo apigwe katika mkutano wa baraza, na baadaye anaungana na wanaowasilisha mashtaka mbele ya liwali. Simulizi halielezi jinsi alivyopata wadhifa huo wala kutoa maelezo kamili ya mamlaka yake.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-24-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 24:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "ananias",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-23-2",
            "a-act-24-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamtambulisha Anania kuwa kuhani mkuu katika tukio la baraza na katika mashtaka ya baadaye mbele ya liwali.",
          "limit": "Cheo hicho linaonyesha jukumu la Anania; vifungu havielezi uteuzi wake au muda wake wa kushika wadhifa huo."
        },
        {
          "id": "recognition",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-23-4",
            "a-act-23-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Mazungumzo katika baraza yanaitambua wadhifa huo kuwa wenye hadhi ya kidini, huku suala la Paulo kumtambua mwenye wadhifa huo likiwa sehemu ya mzozo.",
          "limit": "Tukio lisitumike kubuni sababu isiyoripotiwa ya jibu la kwanza la Paulo."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "priest",
        "governor"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-high-priest"
    },
    {
      "id": "priest",
      "name": "Kuhani",
      "summary": "Katika simulizi la WEB kuhusu Listra, kuhani wa Jupiter husaidia kuandaa dhabihu kwa wamisionari baada ya umati kuwatambua kimakosa. Mazingira hayo yanahusu ibada ya watu wasio Wayahudi. Hayafafanui ukuhani wa Wayahudi wala huduma ya Kikristo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-14-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 14:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-14-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 14:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-14-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 14:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "lystra",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-14-12",
            "a-act-14-13",
            "a-act-14-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaonyesha kuhani akishiriki maandalizi ya kuwatolea wamisionari dhabihu huko Listra.",
          "limit": "Tukio linamhusu kuhani wa Jupiter na halionyeshi dhabihu iliyopendekezwa ikikamilishwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "scope",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-14-13"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kuhani katika tukio hili anahudumu katika ibada isiyo ya Wayahudi, mazingira tofauti na ukuhani mkuu wa Yerusalemu.",
          "limit": "Tukio halielezi wajibu wa makuhani wa Wayahudi wala wadhifa wa jumla inayoshirikiwa na mapokeo yote ya kidini."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "high-priest",
        "temple-warden"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-priest"
    },
    {
      "id": "proconsul",
      "name": "Prokonsuli",
      "summary": "Prokonsuli ni afisa wa umma anayehusishwa na utawala na mashauri ya kisheria katika kitabu cha Matendo. Jina hilo linatumiwa kwa Sergio Paulo huko Kipro na Galio huko Akaya, na karani wa mji wa Efeso anataja prokonsuli anapowaelekeza walalamikaji kwenye mashauri ya kisheria. Vifungu havielezi mamlaka yote ya wenye nyadhifa hizo wala muda wao wa utumishi.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-18-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 18:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-38",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:38",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "named-holders",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-7",
            "a-act-18-12"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinatumia jina prokonsuli kwa Sergio Paulo na Galio katika mazingira tofauti ya utume.",
          "limit": "Kutajwa huku kunaonyesha matumizi ya maandiko, wala si utambulisho huru unaothibitishwa na maandishi ya kuchongwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "public-process",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-19-38"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Hotuba ya Efeso inahusianisha prokonsuli na upatikanaji wa mashauri ya kisheria kwa malalamiko.",
          "limit": "Hotuba haielezi kwa usahihi mipaka ya mamlaka ya maafisa hao wala sababu ya kutumia jina hilo katika wingi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "governor",
        "magistrate"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-proconsul"
    },
    {
      "id": "governor",
      "name": "Liwali / mtawala",
      "summary": "Governor ni jina la Kiingereza linalotumiwa kwa maafisa katika mazingira tofauti ya kisiasa. Kitabu cha Matendo kinalitumia kwa Feliki wakati wa kuhamishwa na kushtakiwa kwa Paulo, huku kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kikieleza afisa chini ya Mfalme Areta katika simulizi la kutoroka Dameski. Kutumia neno lilelile la Kiingereza hakuthibitishi kuwa watu hawa walishika wadhifa uleule wa utawala. Mipaka ya mamlaka yao, uteuzi na nguvu zao haziwezi kufananishwa kwa msingi wa neno hilo pekee.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-24-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 24:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-11-32",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 11:32",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "felix",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-23-24",
            "a-act-24-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamtambulisha Feliki kuwa liwali wakati Paulo anapohamishiwa kwake na wakati wajumbe wa upande wa mashtaka wanapofika.",
          "limit": "Vifungu havitoi maelezo kamili ya mamlaka ya kisheria ya Feliki."
        },
        {
          "id": "aretas-official",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-11-32"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinaeleza kuwa mtawala aliyehusishwa na Mfalme Areta alitaka kumkamata Paulo huko Dameski.",
          "limit": "Hili pekee halithibitishi kuwa Areta alitawala mji huo wala kulinganisha afisa huyu na liwali wa jimbo la Kirumi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "proconsul",
        "king",
        "tribune"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-governor"
    },
    {
      "id": "tribune",
      "name": "Tribuni wa jeshi / mkuu wa kikosi",
      "summary": "Mkuu wa kikosi wa Yerusalemu katika kitabu cha Matendo huwaagiza maakida na askari wakati wa vurugu, na hupokea habari kuhusu Paulo kupitia akida. Vitendo hivi vinaeleza jukumu lake la uongozi katika simulizi. Vifungu vilivyotajwa havitoi idadi ya askari wa kikosi chake wala maelezo kamili ya mamlaka yake ya kisheria.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-21-31",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 21:31",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-21-32",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 21:32",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-tribune",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, pp. 203–204, s.v. Χῑλίαρχος",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg204",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "command",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-21-31",
            "a-act-21-32",
            "a-act-23-17"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamtofautisha mkuu wa kikosi na maakida na askari wanaotenda kwa maagizo yake.",
          "limit": "Hili linaonyesha mlolongo wa uongozi katika simulizi, bila kuthibitisha kwa ushahidi huru idadi kamili ya askari au muundo rasmi wa kikosi."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-mapping",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-tribune"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 inatambua jina la mkuu wa kikosi katika kitabu cha Matendo 21 kuwa tribuni wa jeshi.",
          "limit": "Utambulisho huo wa kileksika hautoi idadi halisi ya askari chini ya mkuu huyu wala maelezo kamili ya mamlaka yake ya kisheria."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "centurion",
        "soldier",
        "governor"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-tribune"
    },
    {
      "id": "centurion",
      "name": "Akida",
      "summary": "Akida ni jina la afisa katika kitabu cha Matendo. Kornelio anatambulishwa kwa jina hili, Paulo anazungumza na akida kabla ya kupigwa viboko kunakotishiwa, na Yulio anapewa wajibu wa kuwalinda wafungwa safarini kwa meli. Masimulizi yanaonyesha uongozi wa kijeshi na wajibu wa ulinzi katika hali maalumu. Hayathibitishi kuwa kila akida aliongoza idadi ileile ya askari au alikuwa na kazi ileile.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-10-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 10:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-22-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 22:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-27-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 27:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-27-31",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 27:31",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "persons",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-10-1",
            "a-act-27-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinawataja Kornelio na Yulio kuwa maakida katika mazingira tofauti.",
          "limit": "Jina la pamoja halionyeshi kuwa vikosi au historia zao za utumishi zilikuwa sawa."
        },
        {
          "id": "responsibilities",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-22-25",
            "a-act-27-1",
            "a-act-27-31"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Maakida wanahusika katika maamuzi kuhusu jinsi ya kumtendea Paulo na kuwalinda watu waliomo melini.",
          "limit": "Matukio haya si maelezo kamili ya kazi ya kijeshi wala maelezo ya mamlaka yao ya kisheria katika kila hali."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "tribune",
        "soldier"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-centurion"
    },
    {
      "id": "magistrate",
      "name": "Hakimu wa mji",
      "summary": "Mahakimu ni viongozi wa Filipi wanaopokea mashtaka dhidi ya Paulo na Sila, wanaoagiza adhabu, wanaotuma ujumbe wa kuachiliwa na wanaoitikia habari ya uraia wa Rumi. Kitabu cha Matendo kinawaweka katika shughuli za umma za mji za kushughulikia mzozo huo. Vifungu havibainishi mamlaka yao yote wala kuthibitisha kuwa adhabu ilifuata utaratibu halali.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-35",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:35",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-38",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:38",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "actions",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-16-20",
            "a-act-16-22",
            "a-act-16-35"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza mahakimu wa Filipi wakiagiza adhabu na baadaye kutuma maagizo ya kuachiliwa.",
          "limit": "Kueleza vitendo vyao hakuthibitishi kuwa mashauri hayo yalikuwa halali."
        },
        {
          "id": "citizenship",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-16-38"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Simulizi linaripoti hofu ya mahakimu baada ya kujua kuhusu uraia wa Rumi.",
          "limit": "Matokeo halisi ya kisheria na taasisi inayowakilishwa na jina hilo yanahitaji ushahidi wa ziada wa kihistoria."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "lictor",
        "roman-citizenship"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-magistrate"
    },
    {
      "id": "overseer",
      "name": "Mwangalizi",
      "summary": "Mwangalizi hueleza wajibu wa kuitunza na kuiongoza jumuiya. Kitabu cha Matendo kinatumia jina hilo kwa viongozi wa Efeso waliokwisha kuitwa wazee; kitabu cha Wafilipi kinawasalimu waangalizi miongoni mwa wapokeaji wake; kitabu cha 1 Timotheo na kitabu cha Tito vinajadili sifa zinazohitajika. Kwa pamoja matumizi haya yanahusianisha uangalizi na kuitumikia jumuiya na kuwajibika. Pekee hayaonyeshi kuwa kila mji ulikuwa na kiongozi mmoja juu ya wengine wote, wala kumaliza tofauti za baadaye kuhusu uongozi wa kanisa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-20-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 20:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-20-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 20:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-1-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 1:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1ti-3-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Timothy 3:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-1-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 1:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-1-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 1:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "usage",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-20-17",
            "a-act-20-28",
            "a-phi-1-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinahusianisha uangalizi na kuitunza jumuiya, na kitabu cha Wafilipi kinawasalimu waangalizi kwa wingi.",
          "limit": "Vifungu havifafanui muundo kamili wa uongozi wa kanisa."
        },
        {
          "id": "qualifications",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1ti-3-2",
            "a-tit-1-5",
            "a-tit-1-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Timotheo na kitabu cha Tito vinaeleza uangalizi kwa kutumia sifa na wajibu uliotajwa.",
          "limit": "Waandishi na tarehe za kitabu cha 1 Timotheo na kitabu cha Tito zinajadiliwa. Maagizo haya hayathibitishi kuwa kila jumuiya ilikuwa na muundo uleule wa uongozi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "elder",
        "deacon"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-overseer"
    },
    {
      "id": "deacon",
      "name": "Shemasi / mtumishi",
      "summary": "Shemasi ni jukumu la kanisa ndani ya msamiati mpana wa huduma. Kamusi za Green na Thayer zinamjumuisha Fibi katika matumizi yake ya jukumu la kanisa. Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinawasalimu watumishi pamoja na waangalizi, na kitabu cha 1 Timotheo kinatoa sifa zinazohitajika. Vifungu havielezi uteuzi wa Fibi wala kuorodhesha wajibu wake.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-phi-1-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 1:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1ti-3-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Timothy 3:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-16-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 16:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-deacon",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 42, s.v. Διάκονος",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg42",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-thayer-deacon",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "thayer-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1889",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament: Being Grimm's Wilke's Clavis Novi Testamenti",
            "locator": "s.v. διάκονος, senses 1–3; readable English classification only",
            "url": "https://archive.org/download/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog_djvu.txt",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Joseph Henry Thayer",
            "year": "1889"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "service",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phi-1-1",
            "a-1ti-3-8",
            "a-rom-16-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wafilipi na kitabu cha 1 Timotheo vinawaweka watumishi katika miktadha ya uongozi wa jumuiya au sifa zinazohitajika, huku kitabu cha Warumi kikisifu huduma ya Fibi.",
          "limit": "Maneno ya Kiingereza pekee hayaamui hadhi rasmi ya kila mtu anayeelezwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "office-question",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-16-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinamsifu Fibi kwa kumhusisha na kanisa la Kenkrea.",
          "limit": "Sifa hizo hazielezi uteuzi wala kuorodhesha wajibu wake."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-mapping",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-deacon",
            "s-thayer-deacon"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Green na Thayer wanaeleza neno lenye maana za jumla za huduma na matumizi ya jukumu la kanisa, na kuainisha jina la Fibi katika kitabu cha Warumi 16:1 kuwa shemasi mwanamke.",
          "limit": "Uainishaji wao hautoi utaratibu wa uteuzi wa Fibi au wajibu wake, wala kulinganisha jukumu lake na kila aina ya baadaye ya kuwekwa wakfu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "overseer",
        "hospitality"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-deacon"
    },
    {
      "id": "areopagus-member",
      "name": "Mjumbe wa Areopago",
      "summary": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamtambulisha Dionisio kuwa Mwareopago, kinamhusisha na Areopago, na kumworodhesha miongoni mwa waliojiunga na Paulo na kuamini. Hakielezi uteuzi wake, wajibu wake au kazi zake za awali. Kujumuishwa kwake hakuthibitishi kuwa alisimamia kesi rasmi wala kueleza mazingira ya kitaasisi ya hotuba ya Paulo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-34",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:34",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-areopagite",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 22, s.v. Ἄρειοπαγίτης",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg22",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-thayer-areopagite",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "thayer-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1889",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament: Being Grimm's Wilke's Clavis Novi Testamenti",
            "locator": "s.v. Areopagites, English court-membership gloss; OCR Greek and verse numeral excluded",
            "url": "https://archive.org/download/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog_djvu.txt",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Joseph Henry Thayer",
            "year": "1889"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "dionysius",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-17-34"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamtambulisha Dionisio kwa uhusiano wake na Areopago na kumjumuisha miongoni mwa waliojiunga na Paulo na kuamini.",
          "limit": "Rejeo halitoi wasifu kamili wala maelezo ya kitaasisi ya nafasi yake."
        },
        {
          "id": "setting-limit",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-17-19",
            "a-act-17-22",
            "a-act-17-34"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Simulizi linaweka mjadala katika Areopago na kumtaja Dionisio baadaye.",
          "limit": "Mfuatano huo pekee hauthibitishi kuwa alisimamia, alipiga kura au alishiriki katika kesi rasmi."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-mapping",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-areopagite",
            "s-thayer-areopagite"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Green anahusianisha Mwareopago na baraza la Areopago, na Thayer anafafanua wazi jina hilo kuwa uanachama wa baraza hilo.",
          "limit": "Hili halitambulishi wajibu wa Dionisio wala kuthibitisha kuwa alisimamia kesi rasmi ya Paulo."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "magistrate",
        "disciple"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-areopagus-member"
    },
    {
      "id": "synagogue-ruler",
      "name": "Mkuu wa sinagogi",
      "summary": "Mkuu wa sinagogi ni jina la uongozi katika masimulizi ya kitabu cha Matendo kuhusu kusoma maandiko na makutano ya utume na watu wa mahali. Huko Antiokia ya Pisidia, wakuu wanaalika watu kutoa hotuba baada ya masomo; huko Korintho, Krispo na Sosthene wanapewa jina hilo katika matukio tofauti. Masimulizi yanaonyesha wajibu unaotambuliwa katika jumuiya maalumu, lakini hayatoi katiba ya masinagogi yote wala kuthibitisha kuwa mtu mmoja kati ya waliotajwa alimrithi mwingine bila hilo kuripotiwa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-18-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 18:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-18-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 18:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "readings",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-15"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Wakuu katika tukio la Antiokia ya Pisidia wanawaalika wageni kuzungumza na wasikilizaji waliokusanyika baada ya masomo.",
          "limit": "Mwaliko huo maalumu hauthibitishi wajibu wa kila mkuu katika kila sinagogi."
        },
        {
          "id": "corinth",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-18-8",
            "a-act-18-17"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinawataja Krispo na Sosthene kuwa wakuu wa sinagogi katika simulizi lake la Korintho.",
          "limit": "Jina na mfuatano huo wenyewe havithibitishi kuwa mmoja alimrithi mwingine katika wadhifa uleule."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "synagogue",
        "teacher"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-synagogue-ruler"
    },
    {
      "id": "king",
      "name": "Mfalme",
      "summary": "Mfalme ni jina la heshima linalotumiwa kwa watawala tofauti katika kitabu cha Matendo. Herode anaonekana katika simulizi la mateso, huku Mfalme Agripa akiitwa hivyo wakati wa kujitetea kwa Paulo huko Kaisaria. Jina linaonyesha hadhi ya kifalme inayotambuliwa katika matukio hayo; halimwambii msomaji kuwa watawala hao walikuwa na maeneo, mamlaka au uhusiano uleule na Rumi.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-12-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 12:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-25-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 25:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-26-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 26:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "usage",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-12-1",
            "a-act-25-13",
            "a-act-26-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinawaita Herode na Mfalme Agripa wafalme katika mazingira tofauti ya simulizi.",
          "limit": "Jina la pamoja si ushahidi kwamba watawala hawa ni mtu mmoja au wana mamlaka sawa."
        },
        {
          "id": "hearing",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-25-13",
            "a-act-26-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Jina la kifalme la Mfalme Agripa linaambatana na jukumu lake la kusikiliza utetezi wa Paulo.",
          "limit": "Jina hilo pekee halithibitishi kuwa alikuwa liwali wa jimbo au ndiye aliyetoa uamuzi wa mwisho wa kisheria."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "emperor",
        "governor"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-king"
    },
    {
      "id": "emperor",
      "name": "Maliki / Kaisari",
      "summary": "Kaisari hutaja mamlaka ya kifalme katika vifungu hivi. Kitabu cha Matendo kinajumuisha shtaka kuhusu amri za Kaisari na rufaa ya Paulo kwa Kaisari; kitabu cha Wafilipi kinatuma salamu kutoka kwa watu wanaohusishwa na nyumba ya Kaisari. Matumizi haya yanahusu mamlaka ya kifalme, rufaa ya kisheria na uhusiano na nyumba yake. Hayamtambulishi maliki mmoja kwa kila kifungu wala kufichua ajira au cheo cha kila mwananyumba.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-25-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 25:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-25-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 25:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-4-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 4:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "authority",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-17-7",
            "a-act-25-11",
            "a-act-25-21"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamtaja Kaisari katika shtaka la kisiasa na kama mamlaka ambayo Paulo anakata rufaa kwake.",
          "limit": "Shtaka lisichukuliwe kuwa maelezo yasiyo na masharti ya msimulizi kuhusu mafundisho ya Paulo."
        },
        {
          "id": "household",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phi-4-22"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinahusianisha baadhi ya salamu zake na nyumba ya Kaisari.",
          "limit": "Hili halimtambulishi maliki mwenyewe kuwa mwamini wala kubainisha nafasi halisi za watu hao."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "king",
        "governor",
        "roman-citizenship"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-emperor"
    },
    {
      "id": "soldier",
      "name": "Askari",
      "summary": "Askari hutumiwa kwa wanajeshi wanaohusika katika matukio ya kuwashikilia na kuwalinda watu katika kitabu cha Matendo. Jina hilo pia hutumiwa kama mfano wa kuvumilia shida katika kitabu cha 2 Timotheo. Kutofautisha matumizi hayo kunazuia mfano wa huduma ya Kikristo kuchukuliwa kimakosa kuwa taarifa ya kujiunga na jeshi. Vilevile vifungu vilivyochaguliwa havimalizi hoja zote za baadaye za Wakristo kuhusu kushiriki katika jeshi.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-21-32",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 21:32",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-27-31",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 27:31",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2ti-2-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Timothy 2:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "literal",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-21-32",
            "a-act-27-31"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinawatofautisha askari na maafisa wao katika uingiliaji wa mambo huko Yerusalemu na katika simulizi la safari ya meli.",
          "limit": "Kuonekana kwao katika simulizi hakutoi mchoro kamili wa muundo wa jeshi."
        },
        {
          "id": "metaphor",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2ti-2-3"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Timotheo kinatumia mfano wa askari kinapohimiza uvumilivu.",
          "limit": "Mfano unahimiza uvumilivu badala ya kujiunga halisi na jeshi. Uandishi wa kitabu cha 2 Timotheo bado unajadiliwa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "centurion",
        "tribune",
        "suffering"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-soldier"
    },
    {
      "id": "silversmith",
      "name": "Mfua fedha",
      "summary": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamtambulisha Demetrio kuwa mfua fedha aliyetengeneza vihekalu vya fedha vinavyohusiana na ibada ya Artemi na kuwapatia mafundi wengine biashara. Mstari unahusianisha vitu vya kidini na biashara pamoja na mapato yake. Hautoi maelezo ya mpangilio wa karakana yake, uanachama wa chama cha mafundi au nafasi ya kila fundi wa metali wa Efeso.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "demetrius",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-19-24"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamtambulisha Demetrio kuwa mfua fedha na kuhusianisha uzalishaji wake wa vihekalu na biashara ya mafundi.",
          "limit": "Mstari unaunga mkono maelezo ya kazi na uchumi katika simulizi, wala si uthibitisho huru wa karakana au wa uanachama wa chama cha mafundi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "magician",
        "temple-warden"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-silversmith"
    },
    {
      "id": "tentmaker",
      "name": "Mtengeneza hema",
      "summary": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinawaita Paulo, Akila na Prisila watengeneza hema na kueleza kuwa waliishi na kufanya kazi pamoja kwa sababu walikuwa na ufundi wa aina moja. Simulizi linahusianisha uhusiano wao na kujipatia riziki, lakini halitambulishi malighafi, mbinu au bidhaa maalumu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-18-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 18:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-18-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 18:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "shared-trade",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-18-2",
            "a-act-18-3"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza kuwa Paulo aliishi na kufanya kazi pamoja na wanandoa hao kwa sababu walifanya kazi ileile.",
          "limit": "Maelezo hayo hayabainishi kiasi cha muda walichotumia kufanya kazi au jinsi kila safari ya utume ilivyofadhiliwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "materials-limit",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-18-3"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "WEB inaitambulisha kazi hiyo kuwa kutengeneza hema, lakini haielezi malighafi au mbinu zake.",
          "limit": "Mstari hauthibitishi kama kazi yao ilijumuisha kutengeneza bidhaa za ngozi, kusuka au kutengeneza bidhaa nyingine."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "teacher",
        "hospitality"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-tentmaker"
    },
    {
      "id": "magician",
      "name": "Mchawi / uchawi",
      "summary": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza uchawi wa Simoni huko Samaria, mchawi huko Pafo na kuharibiwa kwa vitabu vya uchawi huko Efeso. Hizi ni desturi na mazingira tofauti, wala si ushahidi wa taasisi moja yenye muundo uleule. Simulizi linaripoti na kutathmini mambo hayo bila kuthibitisha kwa ushahidi huru nguvu zinazodaiwa kwa kila mtendaji.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-8-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 8:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "settings",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-8-9",
            "a-act-13-6",
            "a-act-19-19"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza uchawi huko Samaria, mchawi huko Pafo na watu wanaohusishwa na vitabu vya uchawi huko Efeso.",
          "limit": "Mifano hiyo isiunganishwe kuwa kundi moja, desturi moja au utambulisho mmoja wa kikazi."
        },
        {
          "id": "evaluation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-8-9",
            "a-act-13-6",
            "a-act-19-19"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamwita mchawi wa Pafo nabii wa uongo na kuripoti kuwa watu huko Efeso waliharibu vitabu vinavyohusishwa na desturi zao za uchawi.",
          "limit": "Kuripoti desturi au athari zake si uthibitisho huru wa uwezo wa nguvu zisizo za kawaida."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "prophet",
        "silversmith"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-magician"
    },
    {
      "id": "eurakylon",
      "name": "Eurakilo / Euroclydon",
      "summary": "Euroclydon ni jina linalopewa upepo wa dhoruba katika kitabu cha Matendo 27. Upepo unazuia meli ya Paulo kushikilia njia yake na kuisukuma mbele. Kifungu hakipimi mwelekeo au kasi ya upepo wala kueleza jina hilo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-27-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 27:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-27-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 27:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-eurakylon",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Supplement, p. 212, s.v. Εὐρακύλων",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg212",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Wallace N. Stearns; supervised by J. H. Thayer",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-euroclydon",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 78, s.v. Εὐροκλύδων",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg78",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "storm",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-27-14",
            "a-act-27-15"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaupa upepo wa dhoruba jina na kueleza meli ikishindwa kuukabili.",
          "limit": "Maandiko hayatoi kipimo cha kisasa cha mwelekeo au kasi kwa kutumia vyombo."
        },
        {
          "id": "form-limit",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-27-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Euroclydon ndiyo tahajia inayotumiwa na WEB katika hatua hii ya safari.",
          "limit": "Mstari unatoa jina la upepo kwa Kiingereza, wala si ulinganisho wa usomaji tofauti wa maandiko ya Kiyunani au maelezo ya asili yake."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-mapping",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-euroclydon",
            "s-green-eurakylon"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kidahizo cha Euroclydon cha Green kinarekodi maumbo tofauti ya Kiyunani, na nyongeza inaelekeza msomaji kutoka Eurakylon kwenda kwenye kidahizo hicho.",
          "limit": "Vidahizo hivyo havithibitishi jinsi usomaji huo ulivyosambaa katika hati, hadhi yake katika uhakiki wa sasa wa maandiko au mwelekeo wa upepo uliopimwa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "centurion",
        "soldier"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-eurakylon"
    },
    {
      "id": "temple-warden",
      "name": "Mlinzi wa hekalu",
      "summary": "Karani wa mji wa Efeso anaueleza mji huo kuwa mtunzaji wa hekalu kwa kuuhusisha na Artemi na sanamu inayoheshimiwa. Maelezo yanahusu mji, wala si mtunzaji mmoja. Mstari hauelezi jinsi jina hilo lilivyopatikana au kama lilikuwa na mapendeleo maalumu ya kisheria.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-35",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:35",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-neokoros",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, pp. 122–123, s.v. Νεωκόρος",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg123",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "city-title",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-19-35"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Karani wa mji wa Efeso anaueleza mji wenyewe kuwa mtunzaji wa hekalu kwa kuuhusisha na Artemi na sanamu.",
          "limit": "Hili linaripoti dai la kiraia la hotuba hiyo; halithibitishi kwa ushahidi huru jina rasmi lolote lilitolewa lini au na nani."
        },
        {
          "id": "scope",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-19-35"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Maelezo katika kifungu hiki ni ya mji badala ya mfanyakazi wa hekalu aliyetajwa kwa jina.",
          "limit": "Mstari hauelezi wajibu wa afisa mmoja wa hekalu wala kuonyesha kuwa miji mingine ilikuwa na jina lilelile."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-mapping",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-neokoros"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Green anatofautisha utunzaji wa hekalu unaofanywa na mtu mmoja na jina la kidini la mji linalotumiwa kwa Efeso katika kitabu cha Matendo 19:35.",
          "limit": "Tofauti hiyo ya kileksika haimtambulishi mtoa jina la kiraia, tarehe yake au mapendeleo yake ya kisheria."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "synagogue",
        "silversmith"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-temple-warden"
    },
    {
      "id": "asiarch",
      "name": "Asiarki",
      "summary": "Baadhi ya maasiarki wanaelezwa kuwa rafiki za Paulo wakati wa vurugu huko Efeso. Wanatuma onyo wakimsihi asiingie kwenye ukumbi wa michezo. Mstari unaripoti uhusiano wao na hatua yao, lakini hausemi walikuwa wapi, hauwataji mmoja mmoja wala kueleza wajibu wao.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-31",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:31",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-asiarch",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 24, s.v. Ἀσιάρχης",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg24",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "friends",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-19-31"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza baadhi ya maasiarki kuwa rafiki za Paulo na kuripoti onyo lao kuhusu kuingia kwenye ukumbi wa michezo.",
          "limit": "Kifungu hakithibitishi kuwa walikuwa Wakristo, hakiwataji mmoja mmoja wala kufafanua taasisi yao."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-mapping",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-asiarch"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Green anamweleza asiarki kuwa afisa wa jimbo la Asia aliyehusishwa na shughuli za kidini na michezo ya umma.",
          "limit": "Kamusi hiyo ya kihistoria haithibitishi kwa ushahidi huru muundo wa kina wa wadhifa huo wala kuwafanya maasiarki wa kitabu cha Matendo kuwa Wakristo."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "magistrate",
        "temple-warden"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-asiarch"
    },
    {
      "id": "politarch",
      "name": "Politarki",
      "summary": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza viongozi wa mji wa Thesalonike wakipokea mashtaka yanayowahusu Yasoni na wamisionari, na kuhangaishwa na lalamiko hilo. Vifungu vinaonyesha jukumu lao la kushughulikia mzozo, lakini havielezi uteuzi wao, wajibu wao wote au muda wa kushika nyadhifa zao.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-politarch",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 151, s.v. Πολῑτάρχης",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg151",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "rulers",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-17-6",
            "a-act-17-8"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaonyesha viongozi wa mji wa Thesalonike wakipokea mashtaka na kuhangaishwa na lalamiko.",
          "limit": "Mistari hii inaunga mkono jukumu lao katika simulizi, wala si ufafanuzi kamili wa kiufundi wa wadhifa huo."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-mapping",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-politarch"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Green anafafanua politarki kuwa hakimu wa mji na kuhusianisha jina hilo na kitabu cha Matendo 17:6 na 17:8.",
          "limit": "Ulinganisho huo wa kileksika pekee hauthibitishi maandishi ya kuchongwa, tarehe au muundo wa wadhifa huo na maeneo ambamo ulitumika."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "magistrate",
        "governor"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-politarch"
    },
    {
      "id": "lictor",
      "name": "Liktori",
      "summary": "Katika simulizi la Filipi katika WEB, maafisa wanaoitwa sergeants hupeleka agizo la mahakimu la kuachiliwa na kuripoti kuhusu uraia wa Paulo na Sila. Vifungu havitambulishi wajumbe hao kuwa ndio waliowapiga wala kueleza wajibu wao wote.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-35",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:35",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-38",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:38",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-lictor",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 164, s.v. Ῥαβδοῦχος",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg164",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "messages",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-16-35",
            "a-act-16-38"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Wasaidizi wanapeleka agizo la kuachiliwa kutoka kwa mahakimu wa Filipi na kuwarudishia habari za uraia.",
          "limit": "Kifungu hakiwatambulishi wasaidizi hawa kuwa watu wenyewe waliotekeleza adhabu ya awali."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-mapping",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-lictor"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Green anawatambulisha wasaidizi katika kitabu cha Matendo 16:35 na 16:38 kuwa maliktori, wasaidizi wa mahakimu waliohusishwa na kubeba fimbo.",
          "limit": "Maelezo haya ya jumla hayawatambulishi wajumbe hawa kuwa ndio waliotekeleza kipigo cha awali."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "magistrate",
        "roman-citizenship"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-lictor"
    },
    {
      "id": "synagogue",
      "name": "Sinagogi",
      "summary": "Sinagogi ni mahali pa kukusanyika pamoja, kusoma maandiko na kujadiliana katika simulizi la utume. Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza ziara siku ya Sabato, somo linalofuatwa na mwaliko wa kuzungumza, na Paulo akijadiliana kwa hoja na wasikilizaji Wayahudi na Wayunani. Matukio haya yanaonyesha mikusanyiko na makutano maalumu. Hayathibitishi mchoro mmoja wa jengo, mpangilio mmoja wa uongozi au namna moja ya mahudhurio kwa kila sinagogi la kale.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-18-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 18:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "gathering",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-14",
            "a-act-13-15",
            "a-act-18-4",
            "a-act-17-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinahusianisha mazingira ya sinagogi na mkusanyiko wa Sabato, usomaji wa maandiko na majadiliano.",
          "limit": "Matukio yaliyotajwa ni mifano, wala si maelezo ya kila jambo katika desturi za sinagogi."
        },
        {
          "id": "hearers",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-18-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Simulizi la Korintho linawaweka wasikilizaji Wayahudi na Wayunani katika majadiliano ya Paulo katika sinagogi.",
          "limit": "Hili halithibitishi hadhi rasmi ya uanachama au historia yote ya kidini ya kila msikilizaji."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "synagogue-ruler",
        "teacher"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-synagogue"
    },
    {
      "id": "temple",
      "name": "Hekalu",
      "summary": "Hekalu linaweza kumaanisha mahali patakatifu au kueleza uhusiano wa jumuiya na Mungu. Katika kitabu cha Matendo, shtaka kuhusu hekalu la Yerusalemu linachangia kuchochea shambulio dhidi ya Paulo. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaiita jumuiya hekalu la Mungu, na kitabu cha Waefeso kinaendeleza mfano wa jengo kueleza waumini waliounganishwa. Patakatifu halisi na mifano ya jumuiya vinarejelea vitu tofauti, ingawa vyote vinahusu utakatifu na uwepo wa Mungu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-21-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 21:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-21-29",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 21:29",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-3-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 3:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-2-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 2:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-2-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 2:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-21-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 21:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "jerusalem",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-21-28",
            "a-act-21-29"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-act-21-17"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaripoti shtaka kuwa Paulo aliingiza Wayunani hekaluni, kisha kinaeleza dhana ya washtaki kuhusu Trofimo, waliyemwona pamoja na Paulo mjini.",
          "limit": "Simulizi linatambulisha dhana iliyosababisha shtaka; halithibitishi kuwa kuingia kulikodaiwa kulitokea."
        },
        {
          "id": "community",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-3-16",
            "a-eph-2-21",
            "a-eph-2-22"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho na kitabu cha Waefeso vinatumia mifano ya hekalu na jengo kwa jumuiya ya waumini na kuhusianisha jumuiya hiyo na Roho wa Mungu.",
          "limit": "Mifano hii ya jumuiya isichukuliwe kuwa maelezo ya usanifu wa jengo halisi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "synagogue",
        "holy-spirit",
        "church"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-temple"
    },
    {
      "id": "pharisee",
      "name": "Mfarisayo",
      "summary": "Mfarisayo hutambulisha kundi la Wayahudi ambalo Paulo anajihusisha nalo katika tukio la baraza na katika maelezo ya hadhi yake ya awali. Kitabu cha Matendo kinawaweka Mafarisayo upande mmoja wa mzozo kuhusu ufufuo, huku kitabu cha Wafilipi kikijumuisha jina hilo miongoni mwa faida ambazo Paulo anazitathmini upya kwa sababu ya Kristo. Matumizi haya yanahifadhi utambulisho maalumu wa Wayahudi badala ya kufanya Mfarisayo kuwa jina la jumla la unafiki au uadui.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "identity",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-23-6",
            "a-phi-3-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-phi-3-7"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Paulo anajitambulisha na Mafarisayo katika kitabu cha Matendo na kutaja hadhi yake ya Kifarisayo katika kitabu cha Wafilipi.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaweka kujitambulisha huku katika mzozo wa baraza; kitabu cha Wafilipi kinakujumuisha miongoni mwa faida ambazo Paulo anazitathmini upya kwa kumhusisha Kristo."
        },
        {
          "id": "resurrection",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-23-6",
            "a-act-23-8"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza kuwa Mafarisayo wanakubali ufufuo na imani kuhusu malaika au roho ambazo Masadukayo wanazikataa.",
          "limit": "Haya ni maelezo ya simulizi kuhusu tofauti hiyo, wala si ushahidi wa kumpa kila Myahudi mtazamo mmoja."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "sadducee",
        "law",
        "resurrection",
        "israel"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-pharisee"
    },
    {
      "id": "sadducee",
      "name": "Msadukayo",
      "summary": "Masadukayo ni mojawapo ya makundi ya Wayahudi yanayowakilishwa katika mkutano wa baraza katika kitabu cha Matendo. Simulizi linawaonyesha wakikataa ufufuo na imani kuhusu malaika au roho, tofauti na Mafarisayo. Kisha Paulo kutaja tumaini lake la ufufuo kunaugawanya mkutano. Vifungu hivi vinalitambulisha kundi hilo kupitia nafasi yake katika mzozo huu; havielezi viongozi wote wa Wayahudi kuwa na msimamo huo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-23-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 23:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "contrast",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-23-8"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaonyesha Masadukayo wakikataa ufufuo na imani kuhusu malaika au roho, tofauti na Mafarisayo.",
          "limit": "Dai linarekodi maelezo ya kitabu cha Matendo badala ya kujenga upya wigo mzima wa imani za wanachama wote."
        },
        {
          "id": "council",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-23-6",
            "a-act-23-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Paulo kutaja tumaini la ufufuo kunawagawanya wasikilizaji wa baraza wanaoelezwa katika kitabu cha Matendo.",
          "limit": "Mgawanyiko katika tukio hili unafuata tangazo la Paulo kuwa kesi yake inahusu tumaini la ufufuo."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "pharisee",
        "resurrection"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-sadducee"
    },
    {
      "id": "gentile",
      "name": "Mtu wa Mataifa",
      "summary": "Mataifa hutambulisha watu wanaotofautishwa na Wayahudi katika vifungu hivi. Kitabu cha Matendo kinajadili watu wanaomgeukia Mungu bila kuwataka wawe Wayahudi, huku kitabu cha Wagalatia kikizungumzia shinikizo kwa waumini wa Mataifa kufuata njia za Wayahudi. Kitabu cha Warumi kinasisitiza kuwa Mungu anajali makundi yote mawili. Tofauti hiyo ni muhimu kwa hoja kuhusu kushirikishwa na kuishi pamoja; isigeuzwe kuwa dai kwamba kundi lolote lina thamani ndogo ya kibinadamu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-15-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 15:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-15-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 15:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-2-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 2:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-29",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:29",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-15-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 15:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-15-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 15:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-15-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 15:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "inclusion",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-15-19",
            "a-act-15-20"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-act-15-1",
            "a-act-15-5",
            "a-act-15-13"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Uamuzi wa Yakobo ndugu wa Bwana katika kitabu cha Matendo unapinga kuweka vizuizi vya ziada mbele ya Mataifa wanaomgeukia Mungu, huku pia ukipendekeza masharti maalumu.",
          "limit": "Tukio linahusu mzozo na uamuzi maalumu; halielezi maisha ya Wayahudi kuwa mzigo kwa asili yake."
        },
        {
          "id": "shared-god",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-29",
            "a-gal-2-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinamweleza Mungu kuwa anayejali Mataifa pamoja na Wayahudi, na kitabu cha Wagalatia kinapinga shinikizo kwa Mataifa kuishi kama Wayahudi.",
          "limit": "Vifungu vinazungumzia kuwa sehemu ya watu wa Mungu na desturi za jumuiya badala ya makundi ya mataifa ya kisasa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "israel",
        "law",
        "circumcision",
        "faith"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-gentile"
    },
    {
      "id": "proselyte",
      "name": "Mwongofu wa dini ya Wayahudi",
      "summary": "Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 inafafanua proselyte kuwa mtu aliyeongoka na kuingia katika dini ya Wayahudi. Kitabu cha Matendo kinawajumuisha waongofu wacha Mungu pamoja na Wayahudi miongoni mwa wanaowafuata Paulo na Barnaba baada ya mkusanyiko wa sinagogi huko Antiokia ya Pisidia. Wamisionari wanawahimiza wafuasi waendelee katika neema ya Mungu. Kifungu hakielezi taratibu zao za kuongoka, na maneno yake hayathibitishi kuwa kila mtu anayeitwa mcha Mungu mahali pengine alikuwa mwongofu wa dini ya Wayahudi.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-43",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:43",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-proselyte",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 158, s.v. Προσήλῠτος, New Testament conversion gloss",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg158",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-thayer-proselyte",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "thayer-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1889",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, entry for proselyte, sense 2, conversion-to-Judaism definition before the discussion of classes of proselytes",
            "url": "https://archive.org/download/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog_djvu.txt",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Joseph Henry Thayer",
            "year": "1889"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "participants",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-43"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-act-13-14"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinawajumuisha waongofu wacha Mungu pamoja na washiriki Wayahudi miongoni mwa wanaowafuata Paulo na Barnaba baada ya mkusanyiko.",
          "limit": "Mstari hauweki masharti ya kisheria au ya kiibada yanayohusiana na jina hilo."
        },
        {
          "id": "encouragement",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-43"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Wamisionari wanawahimiza watu waliowafuata waendelee kuitikia neema ya Mungu.",
          "limit": "Himizo hilo la pamoja halifuti maelezo tofauti yanayotumiwa kwa washiriki."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-definition",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-proselyte",
            "s-thayer-proselyte"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 na kamusi ya Thayer ya 1889 zote zinafafanua proselyte kuwa mtu aliyeongoka na kuingia katika dini ya Wayahudi.",
          "limit": "Maana hiyo ya kuongoka haielezi hatua za kisheria au za kiibada zilizochukuliwa na watu wa kitabu cha Matendo 13:43."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "god-fearer",
        "synagogue",
        "gentile"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-proselyte"
    },
    {
      "id": "god-fearer",
      "name": "Mcha Mungu",
      "summary": "Mcha Mungu hueleza mtu anayemheshimu Mungu katika vifungu hivi vya kitabu cha Matendo. Kornelio anaelezwa kupitia sala na ukarimu, wasikilizaji wanaomcha Mungu wanahutubiwa pamoja na Waisraeli, na Lidia anaelezwa kuwa anayemwabudu Mungu. Matumizi haya yanaonyesha ibada na ushiriki bila kubainisha hadhi rasmi ya pamoja au masharti yale yale ya kuongoka kwa kila anayeitwa hivyo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-10-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 10:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "descriptions",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-10-2",
            "a-act-13-16",
            "a-act-16-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-act-13-14"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinatumia maelezo ya kumcha au kumwabudu Mungu kinapowatambulisha Kornelio, sehemu ya wasikilizaji wa Paulo katika sinagogi na Lidia.",
          "limit": "Maelezo yaliyochaguliwa ya Kiingereza yanatofautiana; kuyaweka pamoja hakuthibitishi istilahi za kiufundi au hadhi rasmi zinazofanana."
        },
        {
          "id": "cornelius",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-10-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Uchaji wa Kornelio unaonyeshwa kwa sala za mara kwa mara na msaada wa mali kwa wenye mahitaji.",
          "limit": "Maelezo haya hayatoi historia kamili ya jinsi alivyojengeka kidini kabla ya hapo."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "proselyte",
        "gentile",
        "synagogue"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-god-fearer"
    },
    {
      "id": "israel",
      "name": "Israeli",
      "summary": "Israeli ni jina la watu ambao urithi na mustakabali wao Paulo anavichunguza katika kitabu cha Warumi. Anakumbusha mapendeleo yao, anatofautisha ukoo na kutimia kwa ahadi ya Mungu, na kujadili Israeli pamoja na Mataifa wanaoingia. Hoja yake inaunganisha onyo, tumaini na uaminifu unaoendelea wa Mungu. Maana inayorejelewa lazima ifuatiliwe katika kila hatua ya mjadala badala ya kulinganishwa moja kwa moja na dola ya kisasa au kanisa lote.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-11-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 11:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-11-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 11:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-11-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 11:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-11-29",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 11:29",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "inheritance",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-9-4",
            "a-rom-9-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinawahusisha Waisraeli na kufanywa wana, maagano, ibada na ahadi, huku pia kikitofautisha ukoo na Israeli inayoelezwa katika hoja.",
          "limit": "Tofauti ya kitabu cha Warumi 9:6 inahitaji kufasiriwa katika mjadala unaoizunguka; si ruhusa ya kufuta utambulisho wa Wayahudi."
        },
        {
          "id": "future",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-11-25",
            "a-rom-11-26",
            "a-rom-11-28",
            "a-rom-11-29"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha tumaini kwa Israeli na kushirikishwa kwa Mataifa, na kuzungumzia mwito wa Mungu unaodumu.",
          "limit": "Mistari hii pekee haiamui utambulisho, wakati au namna ya wokovu unaotarajiwa katika kitabu cha Warumi 11:26."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "gentile",
        "covenant",
        "promise",
        "election"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-israel"
    },
    {
      "id": "gospel",
      "name": "Injili",
      "summary": "Injili ni ujumbe kuhusu Kristo uliotangazwa na kupokewa na jumuiya zinazoandikiwa katika barua hizi. Kitabu cha Warumi kinauhusisha na tendo la Mungu la kuokoa waumini Wayahudi na Wayunani; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinakumbusha kifo, kuzikwa na kufufuka kwa Kristo ndani ya ujumbe ambao Paulo aliukabidhi. Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinaona ujumbe huo uliopotoshwa kuwa hatari kubwa kwa wasomaji wake.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-1-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 1:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "message",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-15-1",
            "a-1co-15-3",
            "a-1co-15-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinatambulisha kifo, kuzikwa na kufufuka kwa Kristo kuwa mambo ya msingi katika ujumbe ambao Paulo alipokea na kuukabidhi.",
          "limit": "Kifungu kinakumbusha ujumbe ambao wasikilizaji walikuwa wamekwisha kuupokea, na kujumuisha maana ya wokovu inayohusishwa na kifo cha Kristo."
        },
        {
          "id": "significance",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-1-16",
            "a-gal-1-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza injili kuwa yenye nguvu ya kuleta wokovu kwa Wayahudi na Wayunani, huku kitabu cha Wagalatia kikipinga kupotoshwa kwake.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinawajumuisha waumini Wayahudi na Wayunani katika kauli yake, huku kitabu cha Wagalatia kikiwaonya wasomaji wake kuhusu mahubiri yaliyopotoshwa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "salvation",
        "cross",
        "resurrection"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-gospel"
    },
    {
      "id": "grace",
      "name": "Neema",
      "summary": "Neema hueleza tendo la ukarimu la Mungu la kuokoa na athari yake katika maisha ya wanaoipokea. Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha neema na kuhesabiwa haki kupitia Kristo, kitabu cha Waefeso na wokovu unaopokewa kwa imani, na kitabu cha Tito na maisha yanayofundishwa kukataa uovu. Vifungu hivi vinaweka pamoja ukarimu wa Mungu na mwenendo uliobadilika: neema si mshahara unaopatikana kwa mafanikio wala ruhusa ya kupuuza jinsi watu wanavyoishi.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-4-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 4:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-2-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 2:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-2-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 2:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-2-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 2:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-2-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 2:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-2-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 2:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "gift",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-24",
            "a-rom-4-4",
            "a-eph-2-8",
            "a-eph-2-9"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha Waefeso vinaeleza ukarimu wa Mungu wa kuokoa kuwa unatolewa bure, wala si malipo ambayo mtu ana haki ya kudai kutokana na mafanikio yake.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinatumia mshahara kama tofauti na zawadi, huku kitabu cha Waefeso kikiondoa matendo ya binadamu kuwa msingi wa kujisifu."
        },
        {
          "id": "conduct",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-eph-2-10",
            "a-tit-2-11",
            "a-tit-2-12"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Waefeso kinahusianisha kazi ya Mungu na maisha yaliyofanywa mapya yenye matendo mema, na kitabu cha Tito kinaeleza neema kuwa inayofundisha njia ya maisha iliyobadilika.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Waefeso kinatofautisha wokovu unaopokewa kama zawadi na matendo mema kinayoeleza kwa maisha mapya; kitabu cha Tito kinaeleza neema kuwa inayowafundisha waumini kuishi tofauti."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "faith",
        "justification",
        "salvation",
        "holiness"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-grace"
    },
    {
      "id": "faith",
      "name": "Imani",
      "summary": "Katika vifungu hivi, imani inahusisha kumtegemea Mungu na maisha yanayoongozwa na imani hiyo. Kitabu cha Warumi kinatumia mfano wa Ibrahimu kutofautisha kumwamini na kudai malipo. Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinahusianisha imani na upendo, na kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinakumbuka mwenendo unaotokana na imani. Kwa pamoja matumizi haya yanahusianisha kuamini na kupokea kutoka kwa Mungu na kuitikia katika maisha ya jumuiya.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-4-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 4:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-4-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 4:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-1-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 1:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-4-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 4:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "trust",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-4-4",
            "a-rom-4-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-4-3"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinatofautisha kufanya kazi ili kulipwa na kumwamini Mungu anayewahesabia watu haki licha ya uovu wao.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinamtumia Ibrahimu kuwa mfano wake kinapotofautisha kumtegemea Mungu na kudai mshahara kwa kazi."
        },
        {
          "id": "activity",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-5-6",
            "a-1th-1-3"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinahusianisha imani na upendo, na kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinakumbuka kazi inayohusishwa na imani.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinahusianisha utendaji wa imani na upendo; kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinaweka kazi kinayoikumbuka pamoja na upendo na tumaini."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "grace",
        "justification",
        "righteousness",
        "love"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-faith"
    },
    {
      "id": "justification",
      "name": "Kuhesabiwa haki",
      "summary": "Katika kamusi ya Green ya 1896, kuhesabiwa haki kunajumuisha kukubaliwa kuwa mwenye haki au kuondolewa hatia. Kitabu cha Warumi kinakuhusisha na neema, ukombozi na amani; kitabu cha Wagalatia kinakuweka katika mzozo kuhusu imani na matendo ya sheria. Wigo wake wa kitheolojia unajadiliwa: Calvin anatofautisha kuhesabiwa haki na kufanywa upya, huku Mtaguso wa Trento ukijumuisha kufanywa upya ndani yake. Wote wanachukulia kuhesabiwa haki kuwa zawadi ya neema. Bird, akizungumzia swali linalohusiana, anatoa hoja kuwa uamuzi wa Mungu na kuwa sehemu ya watu wa agano lake huenda pamoja.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-5-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 5:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-2-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 2:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-justify-verb",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "s.v. Δικαιόω",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-justify-noun",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "s.v. Δικαίωσις",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-calvin-justification",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "calvin-institutes-beveridge-1845",
            "work": "Institutes of the Christian Religion",
            "locator": "Book III, chapter 11, sections 1–2",
            "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/calvin/institutes.v.xii.html",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "John Calvin",
            "translator": "Henry Beveridge",
            "year": "1845"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-trent-justification",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "trent-justification-waterworth-1848",
            "work": "Decree on Justification, Session VI",
            "locator": "Session VI (1547), chapters VII–VIII",
            "url": "https://history.hanover.edu/texts/trent/ct06.html",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "primary-text",
            "author": "Council of Trent",
            "translator": "J. Waterworth",
            "year": "1848"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-bird-justification",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "bird-justification-forensic-covenant-2006",
            "work": "Justification as Forensic Declaration and Covenant Membership: A Via Media Between Reformed and Revisionist Readings of Paul",
            "locator": "Sections 1, Introduction; 4, A Proposed Solution; 5, Conclusion",
            "url": "https://www.tyndalebulletin.org/article/29207.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Michael F. Bird",
            "year": "2006"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "connections",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-24",
            "a-rom-5-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha kuhesabiwa haki na neema inayotolewa bure, ukombozi kupitia Kristo na amani na Mungu.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi 3:24 kinaweka kuhesabiwa haki pamoja na ukombozi, huku kitabu cha Warumi 5:1 kikitaja amani na Mungu kuwa matokeo yake."
        },
        {
          "id": "contrast",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-2-16"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinakataa kuwa matendo ya sheria yanaleta kuhesabiwa haki na kuhusianisha kuhesabiwa haki na imani kwa Kristo.",
          "limit": "Wigo sahihi wa matendo ya sheria na maneno ya imani yanayohusiana na Kristo yanahitaji kufasiriwa zaidi kimuktadha na kisarufi."
        },
        {
          "id": "historical-lexical-gloss",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-justify-verb",
            "s-green-justify-noun"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 inaorodhesha kukubaliwa kuwa mwenye haki na kuondolewa hatia miongoni mwa maana zinazohusishwa na kuhesabiwa haki.",
          "limit": "Hii inaripoti maana zinazotolewa na kamusi hiyo ya kihistoria. Haiamui wigo wa kitheolojia wa kila matumizi katika kitabu cha Warumi au kitabu cha Wagalatia."
        },
        {
          "id": "justification-renewal-relation",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-calvin-justification",
            "s-trent-justification"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Calvin anatofautisha kuhesabiwa haki na kufanywa upya; Mtaguso wa Trento unajumuisha kufanywa upya ndani ya mtu katika kuhesabiwa haki.",
          "limit": "Calvin anaeleza kufanywa upya kuwa faida nyingine ya kumpokea Kristo. Mtaguso wa Trento unasema kwamba neema ya awali ya kuhesabiwa haki haipatikani kama malipo ya imani au matendo yaliyotangulia. Maelezo haya ya kihistoria hayawakilishi kila mtazamo wa baadaye wa Kiprotestanti au Kikatoliki."
        },
        {
          "id": "verdict-and-belonging",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-bird-justification"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-gal-2-16"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Bird anatoa hoja kuwa uamuzi wa Mungu wa kuhesabia haki na kuwa sehemu ya watu wa agano la Mungu huenda pamoja.",
          "limit": "Anakataa kupunguza kuhesabiwa haki kuwa uanachama pekee. Hili linahusu kipengele chake cha kijumuiya, wala si msimamo wa tatu unaokinzana kabisa na Calvin na Mtaguso wa Trento."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [
        {
          "text": "Δικαιόω",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-green-justify-verb"
        },
        {
          "text": "Δικαίωσις",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-green-justify-noun"
        }
      ],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "faith",
        "grace",
        "righteousness",
        "works-of-law"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-justification"
    },
    {
      "id": "righteousness",
      "name": "Haki",
      "summary": "Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 hutumia haki kwa mwenendo wa uadilifu na, katika miktadha tofauti, kwa kukubaliwa kuwa mwenye haki mbele za Mungu. Kitabu cha Warumi kinazungumzia kufunuliwa kwa haki ya Mungu na haki aliyohesabiwa Ibrahimu kupitia imani. Pia kinasema kuwa sheria na manabii hushuhudia ufunuo huu. Kamusi ya Thayer ya 1889 inafasiri haki ya Mungu katika kitabu cha Warumi 1:17 na 3:21 kwa maana ya Mungu kuwakubali watu kuwa wenye haki.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-4-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 4:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-righteousness",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 46, s.v. Δικαιοσύνη, justice, uprightness, devotion and acceptance/justification senses",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg46",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-thayer-righteousness",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "thayer-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1889",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, s.v. δικαιοσύνη, broad definition, upright conduct, Pauline usage including Romans 1:17 and 3:21, and closing sense 2 (justice)",
            "url": "https://archive.org/download/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog_djvu.txt",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Joseph Henry Thayer",
            "year": "1889"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "revelation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-1-16",
            "a-rom-1-17",
            "a-rom-3-21"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "s-thayer-righteousness"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza haki ya Mungu kuwa inayofunuliwa kuhusiana na injili na kushuhudiwa na Maandiko ya Israeli.",
          "limit": "Kauli inaripoti maneno ya kitabu cha Warumi; maelezo ya Thayer yanayolenga kukubaliwa ni tafsiri inayohusishwa naye ya kitabu cha Warumi 1:17 na 3:21."
        },
        {
          "id": "abraham",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-4-3"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-1-17",
            "a-rom-3-21"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinatumia kuamini kwa Ibrahimu kinapoeleza haki aliyohesabiwa.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinamtaja Ibrahimu kuwa mfano wa kumwamini Mungu; maelezo haya yanahusu alichohesabiwa, tofauti na vifungu vinavyozungumzia haki ya Mungu."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-range",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-righteousness"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 inatofautisha mwenendo wa haki, uchaji wa kidini na kukubaliwa kuwa mwenye haki miongoni mwa matumizi ya neno hilo.",
          "limit": "Kidahizo chake kinahusianisha kitabu cha Warumi 4:11 na kukubaliwa kuwa mwenye haki, na kitabu cha Warumi 1:17 na njia inayotolewa ya kuhesabiwa haki."
        },
        {
          "id": "thayer-romans-reading",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "source-supported",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-thayer-righteousness"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-1-17",
            "a-rom-3-21"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kamusi ya Thayer ya 1889 inafasiri haki ya Mungu katika kitabu cha Warumi 1:17 na 3:21 kwa maana ya Mungu kuwakubali watu kuwa wenye haki.",
          "limit": "Kidahizo chake pia kinatumia haki kwa mwenendo wa uadilifu na, katika maelezo mengine, kwa utakatifu wa Mungu mwenyewe."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "justification",
        "faith",
        "law"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-righteousness"
    },
    {
      "id": "law",
      "name": "Sheria",
      "summary": "Sheria inaweza kumaanisha mafundisho yaliyopewa Israeli, lakini maana yake lazima ifuatiliwe katika kila kifungu. Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza sheria kuwa njema na kuwa inayofichua dhambi. Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinachunguza jukumu lake kuhusiana na ahadi na Kristo, huku kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kikitofautisha mahusiano kadhaa na sheria. Hoja hizi zinachunguza kile sheria inachoweza kutimiza bila kufanya mafundisho ya Mungu yenyewe kuwa maovu au kuwaonyesha Wayahudi wote kuwa wapinzani wa neema.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-7-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 7:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-7-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 7:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-9-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 9:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "goodness-and-sin",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-7-7",
            "a-rom-7-12"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinakataa kulinganisha sheria na dhambi, kinasema kuwa inaonyesha uovu, na kinaieleza amri kwa namna chanya.",
          "limit": "Kukosoa dhambi katika maandiko kusihamishiwe kiholela kwa sheria au kwa Wayahudi."
        },
        {
          "id": "different-roles",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-3-19",
            "a-gal-3-21",
            "a-1co-9-21"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinajadili jukumu la sheria pamoja na ahadi ya Mungu, na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinatofautisha uhusiano wa Paulo na sheria katika makutano tofauti na watu.",
          "limit": "Miktadha hii haitoi msingi wa kuweka maana ileile inayorejelewa au jukumu lilelile kwa kila matumizi ya sheria."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "works-of-law",
        "promise",
        "sin",
        "grace"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-law"
    },
    {
      "id": "works-of-law",
      "name": "Matendo ya sheria",
      "summary": "Matendo ya sheria yanahusu kuitii sheria ya Musa katika hoja za Paulo kuhusu kuhesabiwa haki. Bird anaelewa kuwa ni matakwa ya sheria, yakiwemo tohara, kanuni za chakula na kuishika Sabato; anakataa kupunguza maneno hayo kuwa alama za utambulisho pekee. Mzozo kati ya Wayahudi na Mataifa unabaki kuwa sehemu ya muktadha. Tofauti za wanazuoni zinahusu desturi ambazo usemi huo unasisitiza na sababu ya Paulo kuziondoa katika kuhesabiwa haki.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-2-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 2:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-2-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 2:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-bird-works-law",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "bird-justification-forensic-covenant-2006",
            "work": "Justification as Forensic Declaration and Covenant Membership: A Via Media Between Reformed and Revisionist Readings of Paul",
            "locator": "Section 4, A Proposed Solution; subsection 4.2, Galatians 2",
            "url": "https://www.tyndalebulletin.org/article/29207.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Michael F. Bird",
            "year": "2006"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-schreiner-works-law",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "schreiner-works-of-law-paul-1991",
            "work": "Works of Law in Paul",
            "locator": "Section 5, Concluding comments on the problem of legalism; conclusion",
            "url": "https://cdn.sbts.edu/documents/tschreiner/NT_33.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Thomas R. Schreiner",
            "year": "1991"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-hunn-works-law-form",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "hunn-pistis-christou-galatians-2006",
            "work": "Pistis Christou in Galatians 2:16: Clarification from 3:1–6",
            "locator": "Section 1, Introduction; phrase form only",
            "url": "https://www.tyndalebulletin.org/article/29203-in-galatians-2-16-clarification-from-3-1-6.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Debbie Hunn",
            "year": "2006"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "justification",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-20",
            "a-gal-2-16"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-gal-2-14"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha Wagalatia vinakataa matendo ya sheria kuwa msingi wa kuhesabiwa haki.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinaweka hoja hii baada ya makabiliano kuhusu desturi za Wayahudi na Mataifa, hivyo mazingira hayo ya kijamii yanaambatana na kauli yake kuhusu kuhesabiwa haki."
        },
        {
          "id": "spirit",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-3-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinawauliza wapokeaji wake kufikiria jinsi walivyompokea Roho kinapotofautisha matendo ya sheria na kusikia na kuamini.",
          "limit": "Swali hili la balagha ni sehemu ya mzozo wa barua na halielezi nia za kila Myahudi."
        },
        {
          "id": "mosaic-law-requirements",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "source-supported",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-bird-works-law"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-3-20",
            "a-gal-2-14",
            "a-gal-2-16"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Bird anaona matendo ya sheria kuwa matakwa ya sheria ya Musa, huku akihifadhi mazingira yake ya Wayahudi na Mataifa.",
          "limit": "Anajumuisha tohara, kanuni za chakula na kuishika Sabato, huku akikataa kuyapunguza kuwa alama za kikabila pekee. Mjadala wake hauthibitishi nia moja nyuma ya kila utii wa sheria kwa Wayahudi."
        },
        {
          "id": "inability-reading",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-schreiner-works-law"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-3-20",
            "a-gal-2-16"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Schreiner anatoa hoja kuwa matendo ya sheria hayahesabii haki kwa sababu watu wanashindwa kuishika sheria.",
          "limit": "Hili linahusu maelezo yake ya kwa nini matendo yanaondolewa katika kuhesabiwa haki. Si ufafanuzi unaopinga maana ya maneno hayo kwa sababu tu Bird anajadili wigo wake."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [
        {
          "text": "ἔργα νόμου",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-hunn-works-law-form"
        }
      ],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "law",
        "justification",
        "faith",
        "circumcision"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-works-of-law"
    },
    {
      "id": "circumcision",
      "name": "Tohara",
      "summary": "Tohara ni desturi ya kuondoa govi ambayo maana yake inakuwa ya kubishaniwa Mataifa wanapoingia katika jumuiya ya waumini. Kitabu cha Matendo kinaripoti dai kwamba waumini wa Mataifa lazima wapokee tohara ili waokolewe; kitabu cha Wagalatia kinawaonya wapokeaji dhidi ya kukubali dai hilo kuwa njia ya kuhesabiwa haki. Badala yake kitabu cha Warumi kinasisitiza kuwa imani ya Ibrahimu ilitangulia tohara yake. Miktadha hii tofauti inatofautisha desturi yenyewe na madai kuhusu masharti ya kushirikishwa na wokovu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-15-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 15:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-4-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 4:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-4-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 4:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-2-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 2:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-circumcision",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, p. 145, s.vv. Περιτέμνω and Περιτομή, physical definition and act/state/metonymic senses",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#pg145",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-thayer-circumcision",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "thayer-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1889",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, entries for circumcise and circumcision: physical gloss; circumcision sense a (act, state and metonymic use)",
            "url": "https://archive.org/download/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog_djvu.txt",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Joseph Henry Thayer",
            "year": "1889"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "dispute",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-15-1",
            "a-gal-5-2",
            "a-gal-5-3",
            "a-gal-5-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaripoti baadhi ya walimu wakidai tohara kwa ajili ya wokovu, huku kitabu cha Wagalatia kikipinga kuitegemea tohara katika mzozo kuhusu sheria na kuhesabiwa haki.",
          "limit": "Madai yanayoripotiwa yasihusishwe na kila Myahudi au kila mshiriki wa mjadala wa Yerusalemu."
        },
        {
          "id": "abraham",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-4-10",
            "a-rom-4-11"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaweka kuamini kwa Ibrahimu kabla ya tohara yake na kueleza tohara kuwa ishara ya kuthibitisha.",
          "limit": "Mfuatano huu ni muhimu kwa sababu kitabu cha Warumi kinawajumuisha waumini ambao hawajapokea tohara katika hoja kuhusu Ibrahimu."
        },
        {
          "id": "physical-definition",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-circumcision",
            "s-thayer-circumcision"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kamusi zote mbili zinafafanua desturi ya kimwili kuwa kuondoa govi, na kutofautisha tendo lenyewe na hali ya kuwa ametahiriwa.",
          "limit": "Nomino hiyo pia inaweza kutambulisha watu waliotahiriwa, hivyo kutaja tohara si kila mara kueleza upasuaji unaofanywa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "gentile",
        "law",
        "faith",
        "justification"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-circumcision"
    },
    {
      "id": "covenant",
      "name": "Agano",
      "summary": "Lugha ya agano inahusianisha ahadi za Mungu na maisha na utambulisho wa watu. Kitabu cha Warumi kinajumuisha maagano miongoni mwa mapendeleo ya Israeli. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha kikombe katika mlo wa jumuiya na agano jipya kupitia kifo cha Yesu, na kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinahusianisha huduma ya agano jipya na Roho. Kitabu cha Warumi kinatumia wingi, huku barua hizo mbili kwa Wakorintho zikitumia lugha ya agano jipya katika mazingira tofauti.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-3-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 3:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "israel",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-9-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinataja maagano miongoni mwa mapendeleo yanayohusishwa na Waisraeli.",
          "limit": "Matumizi ya wingi katika mstari huo yenyewe hayatambulishi wala kueleza kila agano linalokumbushwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "new-covenant",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-11-25",
            "a-1co-11-26",
            "a-2co-3-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha lugha ya agano jipya na kikombe na kifo cha Yesu; kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinaihusianisha na huduma inayowezeshwa na Roho.",
          "limit": "Vifungu vinaunga mkono mahusiano haya bila kumaliza tafsiri zote za mlo au za mwendelezo kati ya maagano."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "israel",
        "promise",
        "lords-supper",
        "holy-spirit"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-covenant"
    },
    {
      "id": "promise",
      "name": "Ahadi",
      "summary": "Ahadi hueleza kile ambacho Mungu anaahidi kutoa, hasa katika hoja kuhusu Ibrahimu na wazao wake. Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinamhusianisha mzao aliyeahidiwa na Kristo na kusisitiza kuwa sheria iliyokuja baadaye haifuti ahadi. Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha urithi wa Ibrahimu na imani na kutofautisha watoto wa ahadi na ukoo pekee. Hoja zote mbili zinachunguza jinsi ahadi ya Mungu inavyohusiana na sheria na kuwatambulisha warithi wake.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-4-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 4:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "abraham-and-christ",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-3-16",
            "a-gal-3-17"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinamtambulisha Kristo ndani ya usomaji wake wa ahadi kwa Ibrahimu na kutoa hoja kuwa sheria ya baadaye haifuti ahadi ya awali.",
          "limit": "Hii inaeleza tafsiri ya maandiko ya barua; haithibitishi kwa ushahidi huru kanuni ya lugha kuhusu kila matumizi ya mzao."
        },
        {
          "id": "recipients",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-4-13",
            "a-rom-9-8"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha ahadi ya urithi na imani na kuwatofautisha watoto wa ahadi katika maelezo yake ya familia ya Ibrahimu.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi 4:13 kinatofautisha imani na sheria, huku kitabu cha Warumi 9:8 kikitofautisha watoto wa ahadi na ukoo pekee."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "covenant",
        "inheritance",
        "faith",
        "israel"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-promise"
    },
    {
      "id": "election",
      "name": "Kuchaguliwa",
      "summary": "Kuchaguliwa kunahusu uchaguzi na mwito wa Mungu katika hoja kuhusu neema, Israeli na maisha ndani ya Kristo. Kitabu cha Warumi kinajadili kusudi la Mungu kabla ya kuzaliwa kwa Yakobo na Esau, na baadaye kinazungumzia mabaki yanayohusishwa na neema. Kitabu cha Waefeso kinahusianisha uchaguzi wa Mungu ndani ya Kristo na utakatifu na upendo. Vifungu vinasisitiza Mungu kuchukua hatua ya kwanza, huku maswali kuhusu wigo wake kwa watu binafsi na kwa jumuiya na uhusiano na kuitikia kwa binadamu yakihitaji tafsiri.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-11-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 11:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-11-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 11:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-1-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 1:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-9-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 9:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "romans",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-9-10",
            "a-rom-9-11",
            "a-rom-9-12",
            "a-rom-11-5",
            "a-rom-11-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-9-13"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinajadili kuchagua kwa Mungu kupitia simulizi la ndugu ambao hawajazaliwa na kupitia mabaki ya sasa yanayohusishwa na neema.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi 9 kinaweka kusudi la Mungu kabla ya matendo ya ndugu hao; kitabu cha Warumi 11 kinazungumzia mabaki ya wakati wa sasa."
        },
        {
          "id": "purpose",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-eph-1-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Waefeso kinahusianisha kuchaguliwa ndani ya Kristo na maisha yenye utakatifu na upendo.",
          "limit": "Mstari pekee hauamui kati ya maelezo yanayotofautiana kuhusu wigo au namna ya kuchaguliwa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "israel",
        "calling",
        "grace",
        "holiness"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-election"
    },
    {
      "id": "adoption",
      "name": "Kufanywa wana",
      "summary": "Kufanywa wana hueleza kuwa sehemu ya familia ya Mungu kupitia Kristo na Roho. Kitabu cha Warumi kinakuhusisha na ujasiri wa kumkaribia Mungu badala ya kurudi katika hofu, na pia na tumaini la baadaye linalohusisha mwili. Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinahusianisha kufanywa wana na kutumwa kwa Mwana, huku kitabu cha Waefeso kikikuweka ndani ya kusudi la Mungu. Katika kitabu cha Warumi, kuwa sehemu ya familia na urithi huambatana na mateso pamoja na tumaini la kufanywa upya kwa mwili.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-23",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:23",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-4-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 4:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-4-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 4:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-1-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 1:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-4-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 4:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "family",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-15",
            "a-gal-4-4",
            "a-gal-4-5",
            "a-gal-4-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-8-17"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha Wagalatia vinahusianisha kufanywa wana na Roho, Mwana na kumtambua Mungu kuwa Baba.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha hadhi ya kifamilia na urithi na kushiriki mateso ya Kristo, pamoja na uhakikisho wa sasa."
        },
        {
          "id": "present-and-future",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-15",
            "a-rom-8-23",
            "a-eph-1-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza kupokewa kwa Roho sasa kunakohusishwa na kufanywa wana, na kufanywa wana ambako bado kunasubiriwa, huku kitabu cha Waefeso kikihusianisha kufanywa wana na kusudi la Mungu kupitia Kristo.",
          "limit": "Uhusiano kati ya kuwa sehemu ya familia sasa na utimilifu wa mwili baadaye unahitaji hoja zinazozunguka vifungu hivi; si ahadi ya uhuru wa haraka kutoka kwa mateso."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "son-of-god",
        "holy-spirit",
        "inheritance"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-adoption"
    },
    {
      "id": "inheritance",
      "name": "Urithi",
      "summary": "Urithi ni sehemu iliyoahidiwa katika kile ambacho Mungu anatoa, wala si mali inayohamishwa katika familia ya binadamu tu. Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinauhusisha na ahadi ya Mungu kwa Ibrahimu, kitabu cha Waefeso na kusudi la Mungu na Roho, na kitabu cha Wakolosai na kushiriki miongoni mwa watu wa Mungu. Mfano unahusianisha kuwa sehemu ya watu hao na zawadi inayopokewa kutoka kwa Mungu. Maudhui yake maalumu na uhusiano wake na maisha ya sasa na ya baadaye lazima yasomwe katika kila hoja.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-1-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 1:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-1-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 1:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-1-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 1:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "promise",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-3-18"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinatofautisha kupokea urithi kupitia ahadi na kuupata kutoka kwa sheria.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinaweka urithi katika ahadi ya Mungu kwa Ibrahimu badala ya kuuchukulia kuwa haki inayotolewa na sheria."
        },
        {
          "id": "participation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-eph-1-11",
            "a-eph-1-14",
            "a-col-1-12"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Waefeso kinahusianisha urithi na kusudi la Mungu na uhakikisho wa Roho; kitabu cha Wakolosai kinashukuru kwa kuwezeshwa kushiriki katika urithi huo.",
          "limit": "Mifano hii ya ushiriki isigeuzwe kuwa dhamana ya utajiri wa binafsi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "promise",
        "adoption",
        "hope"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-inheritance"
    },
    {
      "id": "reconciliation",
      "name": "Upatanisho",
      "summary": "Upatanisho hueleza uhusiano uliobadilika mahali palipokuwa na uadui au kutengana. Kitabu cha Warumi kinauhusisha na kifo cha Mwana wa Mungu, kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinamweleza Mungu kuwa chanzo chake na kukabidhi huduma ya upatanisho, na kitabu cha Wakolosai kinaeleza amani kupitia Kristo kwa kiwango cha ulimwengu mzima. Vifungu vinahusianisha tendo la Mungu na uhusiano uliorejeshwa; wigo wake tofauti ni muhimu katika kufikiria jinsi urejesho huo unavyopokewa na kukamilishwa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-5-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 5:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-5-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 5:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-5-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 5:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-1-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 1:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-1-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 1:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-1-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 1:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "godward",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-5-10",
            "a-2co-5-18"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-col-1-21",
            "a-col-1-22"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza kupatanishwa na Mungu kupitia kifo cha Mwana; kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinamtaja Mungu kuwa chanzo cha upatanisho kupitia Kristo.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinazungumzia watu waliokuwa adui za Mungu; kitabu cha Wakolosai kinaeleza watu waliokuwa wametengwa kuwa wamepatanishwa kupitia kifo cha Kristo."
        },
        {
          "id": "scope-and-ministry",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-5-18",
            "a-2co-5-19",
            "a-col-1-20"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinahusianisha upatanisho na ujumbe uliokabidhiwa wasemaji wake, huku kitabu cha Wakolosai kikieneza lugha yake ya kuleta amani hadi mbinguni na duniani.",
          "limit": "Maneno mapana katika kitabu cha Wakolosai pekee hayaamui kati ya hitimisho tofauti kuhusu itikio la mwisho au hatima ya kila mtu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "cross",
        "salvation",
        "forgiveness"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-reconciliation"
    },
    {
      "id": "redemption",
      "name": "Ukombozi",
      "summary": "Ukombozi hueleza kuwekwa huru kunakoletwa kupitia Kristo katika barua hizi. Kitabu cha Warumi kinauhusisha na kuhesabiwa haki na neema; kitabu cha Wagalatia kinazungumzia kuwekwa huru kutoka kwa laana ya sheria kupitia kifo cha Kristo; kitabu cha Waefeso kinauhusisha na msamaha. Vifungu vinasisitiza kuokolewa na gharama yake. Vyenyewe havilinganishi kila kipengele cha mfano na shughuli ya kibiashara ya kale wala kubainisha mtu ambaye lazima awe alilipwa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-1-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 1:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "connections",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-24",
            "a-eph-1-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha ukombozi ndani ya Kristo na kuhesabiwa haki na neema, na kitabu cha Waefeso kinauhusisha na kifo cha Kristo na msamaha.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinasisitiza zawadi ya kuhesabiwa haki, huku kitabu cha Waefeso kikihusianisha ukombozi waziwazi na uovu uliosamehewa."
        },
        {
          "id": "curse",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-3-13",
            "a-gal-3-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinamweleza Kristo kuwa anayeleta uhuru kutoka kwa laana ya sheria kwa kubeba laana katika kifo chake.",
          "limit": "Maelezo hayo ni sehemu ya hoja kuhusu ahadi, sheria na baraka kwa Mataifa; yasigeuzwe kuwa dai kwamba sheria ya Mungu ni mbaya."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "cross",
        "justification",
        "forgiveness",
        "grace"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-redemption"
    },
    {
      "id": "atoning-sacrifice",
      "name": "Dhabihu ya upatanisho",
      "summary": "Dhabihu ya upatanisho ndiyo maana ya maneno ya WEB kuhusu jukumu la Kristo katika kitabu cha Warumi 3:25. Kamusi ya kihistoria ya Green inaupa usemi huo maana ya kutuliza ghadhabu na kurekodi matumizi ya kifuniko cha upatanisho katika kitabu cha Waebrania 9:5. Bailey anatoa hoja kuwa kitabu cha Warumi kinamweleza Kristo kuwa kifuniko cha upatanisho, mahali pa upatanisho na ufunuo wa Mungu katika patakatifu. Maelezo haya yanahusu maana ya mfano; pekee hayatoi maelezo kamili ya jinsi kifo cha Kristo kinavyookoa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-hilasterion",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "s.v. Ἱλαστήριος; explicit Romans 3:25 mapping and substantive τὸ ἱλαστήριον mapped to Hebrews 9:5",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-bailey-mercy-seat",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "bailey-jesus-mercy-seat-2000",
            "work": "Jesus as the Mercy Seat: The Semantics and Theology of Paul's Use of Hilasterion in Romans 3:25",
            "locator": "Complete dissertation-summary article; discussion of the concrete referent and sanctuary symbolism",
            "url": "https://www.tyndalebulletin.org/api/v1/articles/30287-jesus-as-the-mercy-seat-the-semantics-and-theology-of-paul-s-use-of-_hilasterion_-in-romans-3-25.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Daniel P. Bailey",
            "year": "2000"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "romans",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-24",
            "a-rom-3-25",
            "a-rom-3-26"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinamweleza Kristo kuwa dhabihu ya upatanisho katika maelezo yake ya kuhesabiwa haki, imani na haki ya Mungu.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha mfano huu na imani, damu ya Kristo, dhambi za awali na haki ya Mungu."
        },
        {
          "id": "forbearance",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-25",
            "a-rom-3-26"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Maelezo yanahusianisha damu ya Kristo na jinsi Mungu alivyoshughulikia dhambi za awali na jinsi haki yake inavyoonyeshwa hadharani.",
          "limit": "Maelezo yanahusu dhambi za awali na kuonyeshwa kwa haki ya Mungu wakati wa sasa; maana ya kuzipita dhambi hizo inahitaji tafsiri."
        },
        {
          "id": "historical-lexical-image",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-hilasterion"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-3-25"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Green anaupa usemi wa kitabu cha Warumi maana ya kutuliza ghadhabu na kuhusianisha matumizi ya nomino kwa kifuniko cha upatanisho na kitabu cha Waebrania 9:5.",
          "limit": "Uhusiano huo na kitabu cha Waebrania wenyewe hauthibitishi kinachorejelewa katika kitabu cha Warumi 3:25 wala nadharia kamili ya upatanisho."
        },
        {
          "id": "mercy-seat-reading",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-bailey-mercy-seat"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-3-25"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Bailey anamfasiri Kristo kuwa kifuniko cha upatanisho, akihusianisha upatanisho na ufunuo wa Mungu.",
          "limit": "Bailey anatoa usomaji maalumu wa kitabu cha Warumi 3:25. Si mfano kamili wa kueleza wokovu wala upande mmoja wa chaguo linalochukulia adhabu na utakaso kuwa maelezo mawili pekee."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [
        {
          "text": "ἱλαστήριον",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-green-hilasterion"
        }
      ],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "cross",
        "redemption",
        "forgiveness",
        "righteousness"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-atoning-sacrifice"
    },
    {
      "id": "forgiveness",
      "name": "Msamaha",
      "summary": "Msamaha hueleza Mungu kusamehe uovu wa binadamu kupitia Kristo katika vifungu hivi. Kitabu cha Waefeso na kitabu cha Wakolosai vinauhusisha na ukombozi, na kitabu cha Waefeso kinasisitiza ukarimu wa neema ya Mungu. Kitabu cha Matendo kinamwonyesha Paulo akitangaza msamaha kupitia Yesu. Matumizi haya yanatofautisha zawadi ya msamaha na tangazo linalowajulisha wasikilizaji kuhusu zawadi hiyo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-eph-1-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 1:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-1-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 1:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-38",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:38",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-13-33",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 13:33",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "redemption",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-eph-1-7",
            "a-col-1-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Waefeso na kitabu cha Wakolosai vinaweka msamaha pamoja na ukombozi ndani ya Kristo.",
          "limit": "Misemo iliyowekwa pamoja inaonyesha uhusiano wa karibu, lakini haithibitishi kuwa maana zake zinafanana katika kila muktadha."
        },
        {
          "id": "proclamation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-13-38"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-act-13-16",
            "a-act-13-33"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamwonyesha Paulo akitangaza kusamehewa kwa dhambi kupitia Yesu.",
          "limit": "Hotuba ya kitabu cha Matendo inaweka tangazo hili katika ujumbe wake kuhusu Yesu, ambaye inasema Mungu alimfufua kutoka kwa wafu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "redemption",
        "sin",
        "grace",
        "reconciliation"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-forgiveness"
    },
    {
      "id": "salvation",
      "name": "Wokovu",
      "summary": "Wokovu hueleza kuokoa na kufanya upya kwa Mungu kupitia Kristo. Kitabu cha Warumi kinauhusisha na injili na kuamini, kitabu cha Waefeso na neema inayopokewa kwa imani, na kitabu cha Tito na rehema ya Mungu na kufanywa upya na Roho. Kitabu cha Tito pia kinahusianisha kuokolewa huku na tumaini la uzima wa milele na kujitoa kutenda mema. Vifungu vinaeleza wokovu kuwa zawadi ya Mungu yenye matokeo kwa maisha, badala ya tuzo inayonunuliwa kwa mafanikio ya kimaadili.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-2-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 2:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-3-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 3:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-3-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 3:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-3-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 3:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-2-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 2:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "gift",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-1-16",
            "a-eph-2-8",
            "a-tit-3-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-eph-2-9"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha wokovu na kuamini, huku kitabu cha Waefeso na kitabu cha Tito vikiuweka katika neema au rehema ya Mungu badala ya mafanikio ya binadamu.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Waefeso kinatofautisha zawadi na matendo ya binadamu; kitabu cha Tito hasa kinatofautisha rehema inayookoa na matendo ya haki yaliyofanywa hapo awali."
        },
        {
          "id": "renewal-and-hope",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-tit-3-5",
            "a-tit-3-7",
            "a-tit-3-8"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Tito kinahusianisha wokovu na kufanywa upya na Roho, tumaini la uzima wa milele na kujitoa upya kutenda mema.",
          "limit": "Lugha ya kuoshwa na kufanywa upya ya kitabu cha Tito ni sehemu ya maelezo yake ya wokovu; kujitoa upya kutenda mema kunaonekana katika agizo linalofuata."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "gospel",
        "grace",
        "faith",
        "holy-spirit"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-salvation"
    },
    {
      "id": "sin",
      "name": "Dhambi",
      "summary": "Dhambi humaanisha uovu wa binadamu na pia mamlaka inayotawala katika hoja ya kitabu cha Warumi. Paulo anawaweka Wayahudi na Wayunani pamoja chini ya nguvu zake, anahusianisha kuingia kwake na Adamu na kifo, na kuwasihi waumini wasitii matakwa yake. Kuhama kati ya matendo na nguvu inayopewa sifa za mtu kunasaidia kueleza kwa nini mjadala unajumuisha kuwajibika na kuwekwa huru, badala ya orodha ya matendo yaliyokatazwa pekee.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-5-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 5:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-5-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 5:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-6-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 6:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-6-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 6:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "shared-condition",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-9",
            "a-rom-5-12",
            "a-rom-5-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinawaweka Wayahudi na Wayunani pamoja chini ya dhambi na kuhusianisha dhambi na kifo na simulizi la Adamu.",
          "limit": "Wigo wa kifungu unaowahusu wote usibadilishwe kuwa lawama kwa kundi moja la kikabila; kuenezwa kwa dhambi kunabaki kuwa swali jingine la tafsiri."
        },
        {
          "id": "personified-rule",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-6-12",
            "a-rom-6-13"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaonyesha dhambi ikitaka utii na kuwaagiza waumini badala yake watoe matendo yao ya kimwili kwa Mungu.",
          "limit": "Kuipa dhambi sifa za mtu hakufanyi mwili wenyewe kuwa sawa na dhambi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "law",
        "grace",
        "salvation",
        "flesh"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-sin"
    },
    {
      "id": "cross",
      "name": "Msalaba",
      "summary": "Msalaba ni njia ya kifo cha Yesu na unakuwa mfano mkuu wa maana ya kifo hicho. Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinahusianisha kifo hicho na utii na kujishusha kwake. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaeleza ujumbe wa msalaba kuwa changamoto kwa hukumu za kawaida kuhusu hekima na nguvu, huku kitabu cha Wagalatia kikiufanya kuwa msingi wa uhusiano uliobadilika wa Paulo na ulimwengu. Barua hizi zinatumia kusulubiwa kueleza namna na maana ya maisha ndani ya Kristo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-23",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:23",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-6-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 6:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "death",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phi-2-8"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinaeleza kifo cha Yesu msalabani katika maelezo yake ya unyenyekevu na utii wake.",
          "limit": "Msisitizo katika kitabu cha Wafilipi ni unyenyekevu na utii unaohusishwa na Yesu."
        },
        {
          "id": "significance",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-1-18",
            "a-1co-1-23",
            "a-1co-1-24",
            "a-gal-6-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaeleza ujumbe kuhusu kusulubiwa kwa Kristo kuwa nguvu ya Mungu inayookoa, huku kitabu cha Wagalatia kikiweka msalaba katikati ya kujisifu kwa Paulo na uhusiano wake na ulimwengu.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinatofautisha jinsi wasikilizaji mbalimbali wanavyoutathmini ujumbe; kitabu cha Wagalatia kinaeleza uhusiano uliobadilika wa Paulo mwenyewe na ulimwengu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "atoning-sacrifice",
        "resurrection",
        "redemption"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-cross"
    },
    {
      "id": "resurrection",
      "name": "Ufufuo",
      "summary": "Ufufuo unahusu kufufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu: mahubiri kuhusu Kristo na tumaini la baadaye la walio wake. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinakumbusha kuzikwa na kufufuka kwa Kristo, kinatoa hoja kuwa ufufuo wake ndio msingi wa tumaini la waumini, na kinaeleza maisha ya mwili uliobadilishwa. Kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinahusianisha kufufuka kwa waumini waliokufa na kurudi kwa Kristo. Hoja inahusianisha ufufuo wa Kristo na mustakabali wa walio wake.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-42",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:42",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-43",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:43",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-44",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:44",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "christ",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-15-4",
            "a-1co-15-12",
            "a-1co-15-14",
            "a-1co-15-20"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinakabidhi ujumbe wa ufufuo wa Kristo na kuufanya kuwa msingi wa hoja yake kuhusu wafu.",
          "limit": "Ujumbe unakumbushwa katika mzozo kuhusu kama wafu hufufuliwa; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinachukulia ufufuo wa Kristo kuwa wenye kuamua hoja hiyo."
        },
        {
          "id": "believers",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-15-42",
            "a-1co-15-43",
            "a-1co-15-44",
            "a-1th-4-16"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaeleza kubadilishwa kwa mwili, huku kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kikitarajia waumini waliokufa kufufuka wakati Bwana atakaporudi.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinaweka kufufuka kwa waumini waliokufa wakati wa kuwasili kwa Kristo; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaeleza hali ya mwili uliofufuliwa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "hope",
        "christs-return"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-resurrection"
    },
    {
      "id": "union-with-christ",
      "name": "Muungano na Kristo",
      "summary": "Muungano na Kristo hueleza kushiriki maisha ya Kristo kupitia mahusiano yanayoonyeshwa katika barua hizi. Kitabu cha Warumi kinawahusianisha waumini na kifo na ufufuo wake, kitabu cha Wagalatia kinazungumzia Kristo akiishi ndani ya Paulo, na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaeleza kujiunga na Bwana. Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha ushiriki huu na ubatizo na namna mpya ya kuishi; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha kuwa wa Bwana na wajibu wa mwenendo wa kimwili.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-6-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 6:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-6-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 6:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-2-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 2:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-6-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 6:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-6-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 6:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-6-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 6:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "participation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-6-4",
            "a-rom-6-5",
            "a-gal-2-20"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha kushiriki kifo na ufufuo wa Kristo na maisha yaliyofanywa mapya, na kitabu cha Wagalatia kinaeleza maisha ya Paulo kupitia upendo wa Kristo wa kujitoa.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaonyesha ushiriki huu kupitia kubatizwa katika kifo cha Kristo; kitabu cha Wagalatia kinahusianisha maisha ya sasa ya Paulo na upendo na kujitoa kwa Kristo."
        },
        {
          "id": "embodied-life",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-6-17",
            "a-1co-6-19",
            "a-1co-6-20"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha kujiunga na Bwana na hoja yake kuhusu mwenendo wa kimwili na kuwa wa Mungu.",
          "limit": "Lugha hiyo haimaanishi kuwa mwili au uwajibikaji wa mtu binafsi vinapoteza umuhimu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "baptism",
        "resurrection",
        "new-creation"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-union-with-christ"
    },
    {
      "id": "new-creation",
      "name": "Uumbaji mpya",
      "summary": "Uumbaji mpya hueleza mabadiliko yanayohusishwa na kuwa wa Kristo. Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinauweka katika maelezo ya kifo cha Kristo, namna iliyobadilika ya kuwaona watu na kupatanishwa na Mungu. Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinachukulia uumbaji mpya kuwa jambo la msingi linalohesabika, badala ya hali ya tohara. Katika vifungu hivi, mfano unahusishwa na kuishi kwa ajili ya Kristo, mahusiano yaliyobadilika na hadhi isiyoamuliwa na tohara.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-2co-5-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 5:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-5-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 5:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-5-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 5:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-5-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 5:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-5-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 5:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-6-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 6:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "christ",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-5-14",
            "a-2co-5-15",
            "a-2co-5-17",
            "a-2co-5-18"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-2co-5-16"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinaweka uumbaji mpya katika maelezo yake ya maisha yaliyoelekezwa upya na Kristo na upatanisho wa Mungu.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinahusianisha mfano huo na kuishi kwa ajili ya Kristo na namna iliyobadilika ya kuwaona watu wengine."
        },
        {
          "id": "status",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-6-15"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinachukulia uumbaji mpya, badala ya hali ya tohara, kuwa jambo la msingi linalohesabika.",
          "limit": "Tofauti hiyo inahusu kile kinachohesabika ndani ya Kristo katika sentensi hii, badala ya kueleza ukoo wa kikabila wa mtu yeyote."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "union-with-christ",
        "reconciliation",
        "circumcision"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-new-creation"
    },
    {
      "id": "spiritual-gifts",
      "name": "Karama za kiroho",
      "summary": "Karama za kiroho ni uwezo na shughuli zinazotofautiana zinazohusishwa na neema ya Mungu na Roho katika jumuiya. Kitabu cha Warumi kinajumuisha kufundisha, kutumikia, kutoa kwa ukarimu na kuongoza, huku kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kikihusianisha karama mbalimbali na chanzo cha pamoja na manufaa ya wengine. Karama zilizoorodheshwa zinahusisha aina tofauti za huduma zinazolenga mema ya jumuiya. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho pia kinaweka kutamani karama pamoja na mwito wake wa kuufuata upendo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-12-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 12:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-12-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 12:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-12-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 12:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-14-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 14:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "diversity",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-12-6",
            "a-rom-12-7",
            "a-rom-12-8",
            "a-1co-12-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza karama zinazotofautiana zinazoonyeshwa katika aina kadhaa za huduma; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusisha karama zinazotofautiana na Roho yuleyule.",
          "limit": "Mifano inajumuisha kufundisha, huduma ya vitendo, kutia moyo, ukarimu, uongozi na rehema."
        },
        {
          "id": "purpose",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-12-7",
            "a-1co-14-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha madhihirisho ya Roho na manufaa ya pamoja, na kuweka kutamani karama za kiroho pamoja na kuufuata upendo.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaelekeza karama kwenye manufaa ya wengine na kuweka kuzitamani pamoja na kuufuata upendo."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "holy-spirit",
        "prophet",
        "teacher",
        "tongues",
        "love"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-spiritual-gifts"
    },
    {
      "id": "tongues",
      "name": "Lugha / kunena kwa lugha",
      "summary": "Lugha hapa hurejelea maneno yanayohusishwa na Roho ambayo matumizi yake hadharani yanahitaji kufasiriwa. Kitabu cha Matendo kinahusianisha kunena huko na unabii baada ya Roho kulijia kundi huko Efeso. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaorodhesha aina tofauti za lugha, kinaweka mipaka kwa wasemaji na kuhitaji mfasiri katika mkusanyiko; bila mfasiri, kinaruhusu mtu kuzungumza na Mungu faraghani. Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 inaeleza lugha inayotolewa kama karama kuwa tofauti na lugha ya msemaji mwenyewe. Badala yake kamusi ya Thayer ya 1889 inafasiri maneno ya Wakorintho na kitabu cha Matendo 19:6 kuwa matamshi ya msisimko wa kiroho, ikiyatofautisha na kunena lugha za kigeni.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-14-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 14:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-14-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 14:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-14-27",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 14:27",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-14-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 14:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-tongues",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, pp. 35–36, s.v. Γλῶσσα, language and gifted-language senses; First Corinthians 14:13",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html#%CE%B3%CE%BB%CF%89%CF%83%CF%83%CE%B1",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-thayer-tongues",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "thayer-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1889",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament",
            "locator": "Main Lexicon, entry for tongue/language, sense 2: distinction between foreign-language speech and ecstatic utterance; Acts 19:6 and First Corinthians 14:2",
            "url": "https://archive.org/download/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog/agreekenglishle00wilkgoog_djvu.txt",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Joseph Henry Thayer",
            "year": "1889"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "reported-and-listed",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-19-6",
            "a-1co-12-10"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-act-19-1"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaripoti kunena kwa lugha na kutoa unabii baada ya Roho kulijia kundi huko Efeso; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaorodhesha aina tofauti za lugha na tafsiri zake miongoni mwa karama.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaripoti tukio maalumu huko Efeso; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinatoa maagizo ya kuzungumza katika jumuiya iliyokusanyika."
        },
        {
          "id": "understanding",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-14-2",
            "a-1co-14-13",
            "a-1co-14-27",
            "a-1co-14-28"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaeleza maneno yanayoelekezwa kwa Mungu ambayo wengine hawaelewi, na kuhitaji tafsiri ya maneno hayo katika mkusanyiko, pamoja na kunyamaza humo kama mfasiri hayupo.",
          "limit": "Bila tafsiri, msemaji anapaswa kunyamaza katika mkusanyiko na kuzungumza na Mungu faraghani."
        },
        {
          "id": "lexical-readings",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-tongues",
            "s-thayer-tongues"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-1co-14-2",
            "a-1co-14-13"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [
            "green-language",
            "thayer-ecstatic"
          ],
          "statement": "Kamusi zinatoa maelezo tofauti ya maneno yanayotolewa kama karama: Green anaeleza lugha tofauti na lugha ya msemaji mwenyewe, huku Thayer akieleza matamshi ya msisimko wa kiroho anayoyatofautisha na kunena lugha za kigeni.",
          "limit": "Green anataja kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho 14:13 kwa maana yake ya lugha; Thayer anajumuisha kitabu cha Matendo 19:6 na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho 14:2 katika usomaji wake wa msisimko wa kiroho."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [
        {
          "id": "green-language",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-tongues"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-1co-14-13"
          ],
          "label": "Green: lugha tofauti na ya msemaji mwenyewe",
          "statement": "Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 inaeleza karama kuwa lugha tofauti na ya msemaji mwenyewe na kutumia maana hii kwa kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho 14:13."
        },
        {
          "id": "thayer-ecstatic",
          "supports": [
            "s-thayer-tongues"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-act-19-6",
            "a-1co-14-2"
          ],
          "label": "Thayer: matamshi ya msisimko wa kiroho",
          "statement": "Kamusi ya Thayer ya 1889 inafasiri maneno katika kitabu cha Matendo 19:6 na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho 14:2 kuwa matamshi ya msisimko wa kiroho, ikiyatofautisha na kunena lugha za kigeni."
        }
      ],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "holy-spirit",
        "spiritual-gifts",
        "prophet",
        "prayer"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-tongues"
    },
    {
      "id": "fruit-of-spirit",
      "name": "Tunda la Roho",
      "summary": "Tunda la Roho ni mfano wa kitabu cha Wagalatia wa sifa zinazohusishwa na maisha yanayoongozwa na Roho. Mifano inajumuisha upendo, uvumilivu na kujitawala, tofauti na mienendo yenye uharibifu iliyoelezwa hapo awali. Mfano unahusu tabia na mwenendo badala ya kuonyesha uwezo usio wa kawaida. Ni sehemu ya hoja inayohusianisha utendaji wa Roho na jinsi waumini wanavyoishi kati ya watu wengine.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-23",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:23",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "character",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-5-22",
            "a-gal-5-23"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinaeleza tunda la Roho kupitia sifa za tabia na mahusiano, zikiwemo upendo, uvumilivu na kujitawala.",
          "limit": "Mifano inahusu mielekeo na matendo yanayounda mahusiano ya jumuiya."
        },
        {
          "id": "contrast",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-5-19",
            "a-gal-5-20",
            "a-gal-5-21",
            "a-gal-5-22",
            "a-gal-5-25"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Mfano wa tunda unafuata mienendo yenye uharibifu na kuongoza kwenye wito wa kumruhusu Roho kuongoza maisha ya kila siku.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinatofautisha sifa hizi na mwenendo kama uadui, ushindani na wivu, kisha kinasihi watu kuishi kwa kuongozwa na Roho."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "holy-spirit",
        "love",
        "holiness",
        "spiritual-gifts"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-fruit-of-spirit"
    },
    {
      "id": "church",
      "name": "Kanisa / kusanyiko",
      "summary": "Kanisa hapa hurejelea jumuiya ya waumini badala ya jengo lililotengwa kwa ibada. Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza makusanyiko ya mahali yakipokea wazee, kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinalihutubia kusanyiko la Korintho, na kitabu cha Filemoni kinajumuisha kusanyiko linalokutana nyumbani. Vifungu vinahusianisha utambulisho wa jumuiya na uaminifu wa pamoja kwa Kristo na mpangilio wa vitendo. Vinatoa mazingira kadhaa ya mahali bila kubainisha aina moja ya jengo au muundo kamili kwa kila jumuiya.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-14-23",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 14:23",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phm-1-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philemon 1:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "local-communities",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-14-23",
            "a-1co-1-2",
            "a-phm-1-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo, kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho na kitabu cha Filemoni vinaeleza makusanyiko yanayotambulika, likiwemo moja linalohusishwa na nyumba.",
          "limit": "Kukusanyika nyumbani katika kitabu cha Filemoni ni mfano mmoja wa mazingira ya jumuiya; taarifa nyingine hazibainishi jengo la mikutano."
        },
        {
          "id": "identity-and-order",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-14-23",
            "a-1co-1-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinahusianisha makusanyiko ya mahali na wazee walioteuliwa, huku kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kikizungumza na jumuiya yake kwa kuhusisha kuwa wa Kristo.",
          "limit": "Maelezo haya hayathibitishi mpangilio mmoja wa kitaasisi kwa kila kusanyiko."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "elder",
        "body-of-christ",
        "fellowship"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-church"
    },
    {
      "id": "body-of-christ",
      "name": "Mwili wa Kristo",
      "summary": "Mwili wa Kristo huwaonyesha waumini kama viungo tofauti wanaohusiana kwa kuwa wa Kristo. Kitabu cha Warumi kinasisitiza kuwa viungo vya pamoja, kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaendeleza umuhimu wa kila kiungo na kutunzana, na kitabu cha Waefeso kinahusianisha kukua kwa mwili na huduma. Mfano unaunga mkono umoja bila kufanya kila mtu afanye kazi ileile. Tofauti kati ya viungo zinakuwa sababu za kutunzana badala ya sababu za kuwatenga.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-12-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 12:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-27",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:27",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-4-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 4:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-12-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 12:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "members",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-12-5",
            "a-1co-12-21",
            "a-1co-12-27"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho vinawaeleza waumini pamoja kuwa mwili mmoja wenye viungo tofauti vinavyohitajiana.",
          "limit": "Mfano unaeleza kuwa sehemu ya mwili kwa pamoja bila kufuta tofauti au wajibu wa kila mtu."
        },
        {
          "id": "care-and-growth",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-12-25",
            "a-1co-12-26",
            "a-eph-4-12"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha mfano wa mwili na kutunzana katika mateso na heshima; kitabu cha Waefeso kinauhusisha na huduma na kukua.",
          "limit": "Kutunzana hakufanyi viungo viwe vya kubadilishana; mfano unahifadhi tofauti kati yao."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "church",
        "spiritual-gifts",
        "union-with-christ",
        "lords-supper"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-body-of-christ"
    },
    {
      "id": "baptism",
      "name": "Ubatizo",
      "summary": "Ubatizo ni desturi inayohusishwa na toba, uaminifu kwa Yesu na kushiriki katika Kristo. Kitabu cha Matendo kinatofautisha ubatizo wa Yohana na ubatizo unaopokewa baada ya maelezo ya Paulo kuhusu Yesu. Kitabu cha Warumi kinaweka ubatizo katika maelezo yake ya kushiriki kifo cha Kristo na maisha yaliyofanywa mapya, huku kitabu cha Wagalatia kikihusianisha ubatizo na kuwa wa Kristo. Vifungu hivi vinaipa desturi maana ya kitheolojia bila kumaliza kila tofauti kuhusu wapokeaji, namna yake au uhusiano wake na wokovu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-19-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 19:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-6-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 6:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-6-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 6:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-3-27",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 3:27",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "acts-distinction",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-19-3",
            "a-act-19-4",
            "a-act-19-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinatofautisha ubatizo wa Yohana na ubatizo ambao washiriki wake wa Efeso wanapokea kwa kumhusisha Yesu.",
          "limit": "Mfuatano katika tukio hili wenyewe hauthibitishi mfuatano uleule kwa kila simulizi la kuongoka."
        },
        {
          "id": "participation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-6-3",
            "a-rom-6-4",
            "a-gal-3-27"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha ubatizo na kifo cha Kristo na namna mpya ya kuishi; kitabu cha Wagalatia kinauhusisha na kuwa wa Kristo.",
          "limit": "Mistari hii inahusianisha ubatizo na kushiriki katika Kristo, lakini haitaji umri wa mpokeaji au namna moja ya kubatiza; jinsi ubatizo unavyotenda hasa inabaki kuwa swali la tafsiri."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "repentance",
        "union-with-christ",
        "holy-spirit",
        "salvation"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-baptism"
    },
    {
      "id": "lords-supper",
      "name": "Meza ya Bwana",
      "summary": "Meza ya Bwana ni mlo wa pamoja wa mkate na kikombe unaojadiliwa katika kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kwa kuhusishwa na kifo cha Yesu. Paulo anakumbusha simulizi lake alilolipokea, anahusianisha ushiriki na Kristo na washiriki wao kwa wao, na kukosoa mikusanyiko inayowadhalilisha wasio na chakula. Kwa hiyo ukumbusho na tangazo katika mlo vinaambatana na wajibu wake wa kijumuiya. Tafsiri za uwepo wa Kristo na ushiriki zinahitaji zaidi ya kutambua vitu vya mlo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-10-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 10:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-10-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 10:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-23",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:23",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-33",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:33",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "remembrance-and-sharing",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-10-16",
            "a-1co-11-24",
            "a-1co-11-25",
            "a-1co-11-26"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha mkate na kikombe na kushiriki katika Kristo, kumkumbuka Yesu na kutangaza kifo chake.",
          "limit": "Mahusiano haya pekee hayaamui kati ya tafsiri zinazotofautiana za uwepo wa Kristo au za ushiriki wa kisakramenti."
        },
        {
          "id": "community",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-11-20",
            "a-1co-11-21",
            "a-1co-11-22",
            "a-1co-11-33"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Paulo anapinga mlo uliogawanyika ambapo baadhi wana zaidi ya kutosha huku wengine wakiaibishwa kwa kutokuwa na chakula cha kutosha, na kuwaita washiriki kusubiriana.",
          "limit": "Marekebisho yake yanahusu jinsi watu wanavyotendewa hasa katika mkusanyiko pamoja na maana ya mlo."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "covenant",
        "cross",
        "body-of-christ",
        "fellowship"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-lords-supper"
    },
    {
      "id": "holiness",
      "name": "Utakatifu / kutakaswa",
      "summary": "Utakatifu na kutakaswa vinahusu kuwa wa Mungu na kuishi ipasavyo. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinawazungumzia watu ambao tayari wametakaswa ndani ya Kristo; kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza namna iliyobadilika ya kutumikia kwa mwili inayoongoza kwenye kutakaswa; kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinahusianisha hilo na mwenendo wa kingono na kukataa kuwadhulumu wengine. Vifungu vinaweka pamoja utambulisho na matendo. Havipunguzi utakatifu kuwa hadhi ya kijamii, hisia za binafsi au kujiondoa kwenye wajibu kwa watu wengine.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-6-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 6:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-6-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 6:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "belonging",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-1-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-1co-11-17"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaieleza jumuiya kinayoiandikia kuwa imetakaswa ndani ya Kristo.",
          "limit": "Jina hilo halimaanishi kuwa barua inaona kila kipengele cha mwenendo wa jumuiya kuwa tayari cha kuridhisha."
        },
        {
          "id": "conduct",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-6-19",
            "a-rom-6-22",
            "a-1th-4-3",
            "a-1th-4-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha kutakaswa na huduma ya kimwili iliyobadilika, na kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinatumia hilo kwa mwenendo wa kingono na kukataa kumnyonya mtu mwingine katika jambo hilo.",
          "limit": "Mifano hii haijumuishi kila matumizi ya lugha ya utakatifu wala kuamua maelezo ya baadaye kuhusu hatua za kutakaswa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "calling",
        "love",
        "fruit-of-spirit",
        "sin"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-holiness"
    },
    {
      "id": "conscience",
      "name": "Dhamiri",
      "summary": "Dhamiri inahusu ufahamu na tathmini ya watu kuhusu mwenendo wao mbele za Mungu. Kitabu cha Warumi kinaiweka pamoja na mawazo yanayoshtaki au kutetea; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinachunguza jinsi mahusiano ya awali na sanamu yanavyounda namna watu wanavyoona kula chakula fulani. Paulo anawaomba waumini wafikirie dhamiri ya mtu mwingine pamoja na uhuru wao wenyewe. Kwa hiyo dhamiri ina umuhimu wa kimaadili bila kuchukuliwa kuwa mwongozo usiokosea au kitu kinachofanana kwa kila mtu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-2-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 2:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-8-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 8:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-8-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 8:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-10-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 10:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-10-29",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 10:29",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "witness",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-2-15"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza dhamiri kuwa inashiriki tathmini ya ndani inayoweza kushtaki au kutetea mwenendo.",
          "limit": "Kifungu hakilinganishi kila hukumu ya dhamiri na uamuzi sahihi au kamili wa kimaadili."
        },
        {
          "id": "consideration",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-8-7",
            "a-1co-8-9",
            "a-1co-10-28",
            "a-1co-10-29"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha dhamiri na uzoefu tofauti wa chakula kinachohusishwa na sanamu, na kuwaomba wasomaji wafikirie athari za matendo yao kwa wengine.",
          "limit": "Migogoro ya chakula inatoa miktadha maalumu; haithibitishi kuwa mapendeleo ya mtu mwingine yanapaswa kuongoza kila uamuzi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "freedom",
        "love",
        "law"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-conscience"
    },
    {
      "id": "freedom",
      "name": "Uhuru",
      "summary": "Uhuru hueleza kuwekwa huru na kuutumia uhuru kwa kuwajibika katika hoja kadhaa tofauti. Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinahusianisha ukombozi wa Kristo na kupinga utumwa unaorudi na kuwatumikia wengine kwa upendo. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinamweleza Paulo akiuwekea mipaka uhuru wake kwa hiari kwa ajili ya utume. Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeneza tumaini la uhuru hadi uumbaji kuwekwa huru kutoka kwa kuharibika. Matumizi haya yanahusu hali za kiroho, za mahusiano na za baadaye badala ya hadhi moja ileile ya kisheria.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-9-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 9:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:21-22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "service",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-5-13",
            "a-1co-9-19"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinaunganisha uhuru na huduma ya upendo, huku kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kikimwonyesha Paulo akijiweka kwa hiari katika huduma ya wengine.",
          "limit": "Mfano wa huduma usitumike kufuta tofauti kati ya tendo la hiari na kufanywa mtumwa halisi."
        },
        {
          "id": "creation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-21"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinatarajia uumbaji kuwekwa huru kutoka kwa kuharibika kuwa sehemu ya mustakabali unaohusishwa na watoto wa Mungu.",
          "limit": "Kuwekwa huru kunakotarajiwa bado ni kwa baadaye; uumbaji unaelezwa kuwa unaendelea kuteseka."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "law",
        "love",
        "conscience",
        "slavery"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-freedom"
    },
    {
      "id": "love",
      "name": "Upendo",
      "summary": "Katika kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho, upendo huonekana katika uvumilivu, fadhili, ukweli na kujali mema ya mtu mwingine. Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha Wagalatia vinahusianisha kumpenda jirani na kuitimiza sheria. Vifungu vinaeleza zaidi ya hisia: upendo huongoza mwenendo na kupinga matendo yanayowadhuru wengine. Matumizi yake chanya ya mafundisho ya Mungu pia yanaweka upendo na utii katika uhusiano wa karibu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-13-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 13:1-4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-13-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 13:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-13-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 13:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-13-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 13:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "conduct",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-13-4",
            "a-1co-13-5",
            "a-1co-13-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaonyesha upendo kupitia sifa za mwenendo na mahusiano.",
          "limit": "Kifungu kinapima karama za kuvutia na matendo yenye gharama kwa uwepo wa upendo; shughuli hizo hazichukui nafasi yake."
        },
        {
          "id": "neighbor",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-13-10",
            "a-gal-5-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha Wagalatia vinahusianisha kumpenda jirani na kuitimiza sheria.",
          "limit": "Hoja inahusu mwenendo kwa jirani; upendo hauelezwi kuwa ruhusa ya kumdhuru mtu huyo."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "faith",
        "law",
        "holiness",
        "spiritual-gifts"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-love"
    },
    {
      "id": "hope",
      "name": "Tumaini",
      "summary": "Tumaini ni kutegemea kwa matarajio kile ambacho Mungu bado hajakifanya kionekane kikamilifu. Kitabu cha Warumi kinalihusisha na kungoja kwa subira na utendaji wa Roho, huku kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kikileta tumaini la ufufuo katika huzuni ya jumuiya kwa waumini waliokufa. Matarajio haya yanaambatana na huzuni badala ya kuwataka watu waikane. Msingi wake ni mustakabali ambao Mungu ameahidi katika Kristo, badala ya uhakika kwamba kila hali ya sasa itakuwa bora mara moja.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-24",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:24",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-15-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 15:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "unseen-future",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-24",
            "a-rom-8-25",
            "a-rom-15-13"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinatofautisha tumaini na kuwa na kile ambacho tayari kinaonekana, na kuhusianisha uvumilivu wenye tumaini na Mungu na Roho.",
          "limit": "Vifungu havifanyi tumaini kuwa dhamana ya matokeo fulani ya haraka yanayochaguliwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "grief",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1th-4-13",
            "a-1th-4-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinashughulikia huzuni kwa waumini waliokufa kwa kukumbusha kifo na ufufuo wa Yesu.",
          "limit": "Kifungu kinatofautisha kuhuzunika ukiwa na tumaini na bila tumaini; hakidai kutokuwapo kwa huzuni."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "resurrection",
        "christs-return",
        "suffering",
        "holy-spirit"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-hope"
    },
    {
      "id": "suffering",
      "name": "Mateso",
      "summary": "Mateso yanaonekana kuwa shida za sasa ambazo waumini wanakutana nazo wakisubiri mustakabali alioahidi Mungu. Kitabu cha Warumi kinayalinganisha na utukufu ujao, kitabu cha Wafilipi kinahusianisha kumjua Kristo na kushiriki mateso yake, na kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinaweka dhiki pamoja na faraja inayopokewa na kushirikiwa. Msisitizo ni uvumilivu, kushikamana na tumaini, huku faraja ikipokewa kwa ajili ya wengine pamoja na mtu mwenyewe. Vifungu vinatambua maumivu huku vikiyaweka ndani ya matarajio mapana.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-1-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 1:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-1-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 1:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-1-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 1:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-1-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 1:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "future-and-christ",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-18",
            "a-phi-3-10",
            "a-phi-3-11"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaweka mateso ya sasa pamoja na utukufu wa baadaye, huku kitabu cha Wafilipi kikiweka kushiriki mateso ya Kristo pamoja na tumaini la ufufuo.",
          "limit": "Ulinganisho huu hauthibitishi kuwa shida yoyote maalumu ililetwa kwa ajili ya somo fulani la Mungu."
        },
        {
          "id": "shared-comfort",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-1-4",
            "a-2co-1-5",
            "a-2co-1-6",
            "a-2co-1-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinaeleza faraja inayopokewa kutoka kwa Mungu kuwa inayowezesha kuwafariji wengine katika dhiki.",
          "limit": "Maelezo ya kifungu kuhusu uvumilivu hayadai kukataa msaada au kuendeleza mateso ya mtu mwingine."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "hope",
        "resurrection",
        "weakness"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-suffering"
    },
    {
      "id": "repentance",
      "name": "Toba",
      "summary": "Toba hueleza kumgeukia Mungu kwa itikio linalobadilisha mwenendo. Kitabu cha Matendo kinaiweka pamoja na imani kwa Yesu katika ujumbe wa Paulo kwa wasikilizaji Wayahudi na Wayunani. Kitabu cha Warumi kinaihusisha na wema wa Mungu, na kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinatofautisha huzuni yenye matokeo mema na huzuni inayoleta uharibifu. Kifungu hicho cha mwisho kinatafuta itikio lililobadilika kwa kosa halisi, hivyo toba inahusisha zaidi ya kujuta au kuonyesha fadhaa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-20-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 20:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-2-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 2:4-5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-7-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 7:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-7-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 7:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-7-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 7:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "godward-response",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-20-21",
            "a-rom-2-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaunganisha kumtubia Mungu na kumwamini Yesu, huku kitabu cha Warumi kikieleza wema wa Mungu kuwa unaowaongoza watu kwenye toba.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinazungumzia wema unaoongoza kwenye toba huku kikionya kuwa wema huu unaweza kupingwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "sorrow-and-change",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-7-9",
            "a-2co-7-10",
            "a-2co-7-11"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinatofautisha huzuni kwa matokeo yake na kukaribisha itikio lililobadilika kinaloliona katika jumuiya.",
          "limit": "Mjadala unashughulikia mzozo maalumu wa jumuiya, wala si utambuzi wa kila hali ya huzuni au dhiki ya akili."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "faith",
        "grace",
        "salvation",
        "sin"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-repentance"
    },
    {
      "id": "prayer",
      "name": "Sala",
      "summary": "Sala ni namna ambayo waumini wanazungumza na Mungu kupitia maombi, shukrani na kumtegemea daima. Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinaialika jumuiya kumletea Mungu mahangaiko yake, kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinahimiza kuendelea kusali, na kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza Roho akisaidia wakati watu hawajui jinsi ya kusali. Vifungu vinatoa nafasi kwa maombi ya kutamkwa na udhaifu unaopita maneno. Havifanyi sala yenye matokeo kutegemea ufahamu kamili au maneno maalumu yaliyowekwa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-phi-4-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 4:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-5-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 5:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "requests-and-thanks",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phi-4-6",
            "a-1th-5-17"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinaunganisha maombi kwa Mungu na shukrani, na kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinahimiza sala ya kudumu.",
          "limit": "Himizo fupi la kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike halibainishi kutamka bila kukoma au ratiba moja inayohitajika."
        },
        {
          "id": "help-in-weakness",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-26"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinamwonyesha Roho akiwasaidia waumini wanapokuwa hawajui jinsi ya kusali.",
          "limit": "Udhaifu unaoelezwa hapa ni ugumu wa kujua nini cha kuomba; hauelezwi kuwa hali inayomweka mwamini nje ya msaada wa Roho."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "holy-spirit",
        "hope",
        "weakness"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-prayer"
    },
    {
      "id": "judgment",
      "name": "Hukumu",
      "summary": "Hukumu inahusu tathmini ya Mungu ya mwenendo wa binadamu na kuwajibika kunakofuata. Kitabu cha Warumi kinaihusisha na ukweli na kutopendelea; kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinawaweka watu mbele za Kristo kuwajibika kwa matendo yao; kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza hukumu ya baadaye katika hotuba ya Paulo huko Athene. Vifungu hivi vinazungumzia mamlaka ya Mungu, wala si maoni mabaya ya mtu tu. Maonyo yake pia yanawapinga wanaowalaumu wengine huku wakitenda makosa yaleyale.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-2-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 2:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-2-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 2:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-2-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 2:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-2-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 2:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-5-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 5:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-17-31",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 17:31",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "accountability",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-2-2",
            "a-rom-2-11",
            "a-2co-5-10"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-2-1"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza hukumu ya Mungu kuwa ya kweli na isiyopendelea, na kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinahusianisha kuwajibika mbele za Kristo na matendo ya kimwili.",
          "limit": "Onyo la kitabu cha Warumi pia linamhusu anayewahukumu wengine; kuwajibika hakuwahusu wanaokosolewa pekee."
        },
        {
          "id": "future-and-warning",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-17-31",
            "a-rom-2-1",
            "a-rom-2-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinaeleza hukumu ya baadaye kupitia wakala aliyeteuliwa na Mungu, huku kitabu cha Warumi kikiwaonya wanaolaani mwenendo ambao wao wenyewe wanaufuata.",
          "limit": "Hotuba inamhusianisha hakimu aliyeteuliwa na ufufuo na haitoi tarehe ya kalenda ya hukumu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "wrath",
        "repentance",
        "salvation",
        "christs-return"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-judgment"
    },
    {
      "id": "wrath",
      "name": "Ghadhabu",
      "summary": "Ghadhabu hueleza upinzani wa Mungu dhidi ya uovu na matokeo yake katika kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike. Kitabu cha Warumi kinazungumzia ghadhabu inayofunuliwa na kuokolewa kupitia Kristo; kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinaweka kuokolewa kutoka kwa ghadhabu inayokuja ndani ya matarajio yake ya kurudi kwa Yesu. Vifungu vinaunganisha onyo na tumaini. Lugha yake ya sasa na ya baadaye inahitaji kuangaliwa badala ya kupunguzwa kuwa hisia ya binadamu inayopita au ratiba moja ya kina.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-5-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 5:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-1-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 1:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "opposition",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-1-18"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza ghadhabu ya Mungu kwa kuihusisha na uovu wa binadamu na kuuzuia ukweli.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha ghadhabu na uovu na ukweli uliozuiwa; hakitambulishi bahati mbaya ya mtu maalumu kuwa adhabu."
        },
        {
          "id": "deliverance",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-5-9",
            "a-1th-1-10"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike vinahusianisha kuokolewa kutoka kwa ghadhabu na Kristo, na kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinaeleza ghadhabu ambayo bado inakuja.",
          "limit": "Mahusiano haya pekee hayaamui asili, muda wa kudumu au mahali pa hukumu ya mwisho katika mfuatano wa matukio."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "judgment",
        "salvation",
        "christs-return",
        "sin"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-wrath"
    },
    {
      "id": "christs-return",
      "name": "Kurudi kwa Kristo",
      "summary": "Kurudi kwa Kristo ni kuja kwa Bwana kunakotarajiwa, kunakohusishwa na ufufuo na waumini kukusanywa kwake. Kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinashughulikia wasiwasi kuhusu waliokufa, kikisisitiza kuwa walio hai hawatawaacha nyuma. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha kuja kwa Kristo na ufufuo wa walio wake. Msisitizo wake ni tumaini linaloshirikiwa na waumini waliokufa na walio hai, bila kuweka tarehe ya tukio.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-4-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 4:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-23",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:23",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "deceased-and-living",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1th-4-15",
            "a-1th-4-16",
            "a-1th-4-17"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinasema kuwa waumini waliokufa hufufuka kwanza na kisha walio hai hukusanywa pamoja nao kumlaki Bwana.",
          "limit": "Maelezo yanashughulikia mahangaiko ya jumuiya kuhusu wafu wake; hayatoi tarehe ya tukio."
        },
        {
          "id": "resurrection-and-comfort",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-15-23",
            "a-1th-4-18"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha kuja kwa Kristo na ufufuo wa watu wake, huku kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kikielekeza maelezo yake kwenye kufarijiana.",
          "limit": "Vifungu vinahusianisha kuja kwa Kristo, ufufuo na faraja bila kutoa ratiba kamili ya matukio ya mwisho."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "resurrection",
        "hope",
        "day-of-lord"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-christs-return"
    },
    {
      "id": "day-of-lord",
      "name": "Siku ya Bwana",
      "summary": "Siku ya Bwana na misemo inayohusiana inahusu wakati unaotarajiwa wa Mungu kuingilia mambo, kuhukumu na kuokoa. Kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinasisitiza kufika kwake bila kutarajiwa na kuita watu wawe macho. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha siku ya Bwana Yesu na kesi ngumu ya nidhamu, huku kitabu cha 2 Wathesalonike kikipinga dai kwamba siku imefika. Misemo inatokea katika hoja tofauti, na uhusiano wake unahitaji zaidi ya kudhani maneno yake yanafanana.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1th-5-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 5:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1th-5-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Thessalonians 5:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-5-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 5:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2th-2-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Thessalonians 2:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "watchfulness",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1th-5-2",
            "a-1th-5-6"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wathesalonike kinalinganisha kufika kwa siku hiyo na kuingiliwa bila kutarajiwa na kuwataka wasikilizaji wake wakae macho.",
          "limit": "Ulinganisho hautoi hesabu ya kuamua tarehe ya siku hiyo."
        },
        {
          "id": "related-expressions",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-5-5",
            "a-2th-2-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha siku ya Bwana Yesu na wokovu unaotarajiwa wa mshiriki aliyewekewa nidhamu; kitabu cha 2 Wathesalonike kinapinga taarifa kwamba siku ya Kristo tayari imefika.",
          "limit": "Misemo hiyo inatokea katika agizo la nidhamu na onyo kuhusu taarifa yenye kutisha; kuichukulia kuwa mfuatano mmoja wa kina ni hatua ya kufasiri."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christs-return",
        "judgment",
        "salvation"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-day-of-lord"
    },
    {
      "id": "kingdom-of-god",
      "name": "Ufalme wa Mungu",
      "summary": "Ufalme wa Mungu unahusu utawala wa Mungu unaotangazwa, unaoonekana katika maisha ya jumuiya na unaotarajiwa kuwa urithi. Kitabu cha Matendo kinafunga kwa Paulo kuutangaza pamoja na kufundisha kuhusu Yesu. Kitabu cha Warumi kinauhusisha na haki, amani na furaha badala ya migogoro ya chakula, huku kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kikionya kuhusu mwenendo usiopatana na kuurithi. Vifungu vinaweka pamoja uaminifu wa sasa na matarajio ya baadaye bila kufafanua ufalme kuwa eneo moja la kidunia au mpango wa kisiasa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-28-31",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 28:31",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-14-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 14:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-14-19",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 14:19",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-6-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 6:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-6-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 6:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-6-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 6:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "proclamation-and-life",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-28-31",
            "a-rom-14-17",
            "a-rom-14-19"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinahusianisha kutangaza ufalme wa Mungu na kufundisha kuhusu Yesu; kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha ufalme na haki, amani na furaha vinavyoongozwa na Roho.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinazungumza ndani ya mzozo kuhusu chakula na maisha ya pamoja, wala si kukataa umuhimu wa mahitaji ya kimwili."
        },
        {
          "id": "inheritance",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-6-9",
            "a-1co-6-10",
            "a-1co-6-11"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaonya kuwa uovu haupatani na kuurithi ufalme wa Mungu na kukumbusha mabadiliko katika jumuiya kinayoiandikia.",
          "limit": "Onyo linahusu mwenendo na mabadiliko yanayoelezwa katika kifungu, wala si ruhusa ya kuwanyima watu heshima yao ya kibinadamu."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "god",
        "lord-jesus",
        "holiness",
        "inheritance"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-kingdom-of-god"
    },
    {
      "id": "slavery",
      "name": "Utumwa",
      "summary": "Utumwa ni hali ya kutokuwa huru inayozungumziwa barua hizi zinapowaandikia watumwa na wenye mamlaka juu yao. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinajadili nafasi ya kupata uhuru, kitabu cha Wakolosai kinawaagiza mabwana watende kwa haki, na kitabu cha Filemoni kinaomba Onesimo apokewe kuwa ndugu mpendwa. Vifungu vinashughulikia mahusiano yasiyo sawa badala ya ajira ya kawaida. Maneno yake hayathibitishi kila jambo kuhusu hali ya Onesimo wala tendo lililokamilika la kumpa uhuru.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-7-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 7:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-7-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 7:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phm-1-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philemon 1:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phm-1-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philemon 1:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-4-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 4:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phm-1-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philemon 1:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "freedom-and-masters",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-7-21",
            "a-1co-7-22",
            "a-col-4-1"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinazungumza na mtu aliye katika utumwa na kujadili nafasi ya kuwa huru; kitabu cha Wakolosai kinazungumza na mabwana kikidai kutenda kwa haki na kuwajibika kwa Mungu.",
          "limit": "Maana ya agizo kuhusu nafasi ya kupata uhuru inabaki kuwa swali la kutafsiri, na mstari hauweki utaratibu wa kumwachilia mtumwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "onesimus",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phm-1-16",
            "a-phm-1-17"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-phm-1-18"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Filemoni kinaomba Onesimo apokewe kuwa zaidi ya mtumwa na kuwa ndugu, kwa makaribisho ambayo Paulo mwenyewe angepata.",
          "limit": "Barua hairipoti wazi kuachiliwa kutoka utumwani, haithibitishi kuwa Onesimo aliiba kitu wala kuthibitisha historia ya kutoroka."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "freedom",
        "love",
        "fellowship"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-slavery"
    },
    {
      "id": "roman-citizenship",
      "name": "Uraia wa Rumi",
      "summary": "Uraia wa Rumi ni hadhi ambayo Paulo anaitaja katika kitabu cha Matendo anapopinga jinsi maafisa wanavyomtendea. Huko Filipi anapinga kuadhibiwa hadharani na kufungwa bila kesi; huko Yerusalemu tishio la kupigwa viboko linamfanya ataje tena hadhi yake ya uraia wa Rumi. Mkuu wa kikosi anatofautisha alivyoupata uraia kwa gharama kubwa na dai la Paulo la kuwa raia kwa kuzaliwa. Matukio haya yanaeleza umuhimu wa hadhi hiyo katika simulizi bila kutoa maelezo kamili ya sheria za Rumi.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-act-16-37",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 16:37",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-22-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 22:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-act-22-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Acts 22:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "appeals",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-16-37",
            "a-act-22-25"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Matendo kinamwonyesha Paulo akitaja hadhi yake ya uraia wa Rumi kupinga adhabu bila kupatikana na hatia kwanza na kupinga jinsi alivyotendewa Filipi.",
          "limit": "Matukio haya yanaripoti pingamizi za Paulo kwa maafisa; hayatoi sheria zote wala kuonyesha kuwa ulinzi wa uraia ulitekelezwa daima."
        },
        {
          "id": "acquisition",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-act-22-28"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Mkuu wa kikosi wa Yerusalemu anasema kuwa alipata uraia kwa gharama kubwa, huku Paulo akisema kuwa alizaliwa na hadhi ya uraia wa Rumi.",
          "limit": "Mazungumzo haya hayaelezi njia ambayo familia ilivyopata uraia."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "magistrate",
        "tribune",
        "freedom"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-roman-citizenship"
    },
    {
      "id": "collection",
      "name": "Mchango kwa waumini",
      "summary": "Mchango ni msaada wa mali uliopangwa kwa ajili ya waumini wa Yerusalemu unaoelezwa katika barua hizi. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinatoa maagizo ya kuweka rasilimali kando na kutuma wawakilishi waliokubaliwa; kitabu cha Warumi kinataja michango kutoka Makedonia na Akaya. Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinachukulia ushiriki kuwa huduma ya ukarimu na kutafuta itikio la haki kwa mahitaji. Mchango unaziunganisha jumuiya kwa msaada wa vitendo badala ya kuahidi kuwa watoaji watapata utajiri zaidi wa binafsi.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-16-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 16:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-16-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 16:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-16-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 16:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-15-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 15:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-8-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 8:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-8-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 8:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-8-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 8:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-8-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 8:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-8-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 8:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "organization",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-16-1",
            "a-1co-16-2",
            "a-1co-16-3",
            "a-rom-15-26"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaeleza kuweka rasilimali kando na kutuma watu waliokubaliwa kupeleka zawadi Yerusalemu; kitabu cha Warumi kinatambulisha maeneo yanayochangia na wapokeaji wenye mahitaji.",
          "limit": "Maagizo yanaeleza mipango ya kutuma zawadi, huku kitabu cha Warumi kikiripoti michango ya maeneo; mistari hii haisimulii kukabidhiwa kwake mwishoni."
        },
        {
          "id": "participation-and-fairness",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-8-3",
            "a-2co-8-4",
            "a-2co-8-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-2co-8-12",
            "a-2co-8-13"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinaonyesha kushiriki huduma kuwa ukarimu wa hiari na kuhusianisha kutoa na kushughulikia mahitaji kwa haki.",
          "limit": "Wito unapima zawadi kwa kile mtu alicho nacho na kukataa kuwapa wengine nafuu kwa kumweka mtoaji katika dhiki."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "fellowship",
        "gentile",
        "hospitality"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-collection"
    },
    {
      "id": "fellowship",
      "name": "Ushirika / ushirikiano",
      "summary": "Ushirika na ushirikiano vinahusu kushiriki pamoja badala ya kufurahia kuwa pamoja tu. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinahusianisha ushirika na Kristo; kitabu cha Wafilipi kinawashukuru wapokeaji wake kwa kushiriki katika injili; kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinatumia lugha ya ushirika kwa kusaidia waumini wengine. Mazingira hayo yanahusianisha uhusiano, kusudi la pamoja na matendo ya mali. Shughuli zinatofautiana, hivyo ushirika na Kristo usipunguzwe kuwa ufadhili au tukio la kijamii la pamoja.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-1-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 1:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-8-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 8:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-8-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 8:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-8-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 8:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "christ-and-message",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-1-9",
            "a-phi-1-5"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinazungumzia ushirika na Mwana wa Mungu, huku kitabu cha Wafilipi kikieleza ushirikiano wa wapokeaji katika injili.",
          "limit": "Ushirika na Kristo na ushirikiano katika kueneza ujumbe ni maelezo yanayohusiana, lakini yanataja mahusiano na shughuli tofauti."
        },
        {
          "id": "material-service",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-8-4",
            "a-2co-8-13",
            "a-2co-8-14"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinatumia lugha ya ushirika katika maelezo yake ya huduma ya pamoja kwa waumini wenye mahitaji.",
          "limit": "Hapa shughuli ya pamoja inahusu mahitaji ya mali na ugawaji wa msaada kwa haki."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "church",
        "collection",
        "union-with-christ"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-fellowship"
    },
    {
      "id": "hospitality",
      "name": "Ukarimu kwa wageni",
      "summary": "Ukarimu kwa wageni unahusisha kuwakaribisha na kuwatunza wengine. Kitabu cha Warumi kinauweka pamoja na kushiriki rasilimali na waumini wenye mahitaji, kitabu cha 1 Timotheo kinaujumuisha miongoni mwa sifa za mwangalizi, na kitabu cha Filemoni kinaomba mahali pa kulala huku kikieleza tumaini la kutembelea. Haya ni mazingira tofauti: himizo kwa jumuiya, sifa ya kiongozi na ombi la binafsi. Ombi la chumba cha mgeni linaeleza mpango unaokusudiwa bila kuripoti kuwa ziara ilitokea.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-12-13",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 12:13",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1ti-3-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Timothy 3:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phm-1-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philemon 1:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "welcome-and-leadership",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-12-13",
            "a-1ti-3-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahimiza ukarimu kwa wageni pamoja na msaada kwa wenye mahitaji, na kitabu cha 1 Timotheo kinamtaka mwangalizi awe mkarimu kwa wageni.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaiandikia jumuiya, huku kitabu cha 1 Timotheo kikitumia sifa hiyo hasa kwa mwangalizi."
        },
        {
          "id": "lodging",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phm-1-22"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Filemoni kinajumuisha ombi la Paulo la chumba cha mgeni huku akieleza tumaini la kurudi kwa wapokeaji wake.",
          "limit": "Chumba cha mgeni kinaombwa kwa tumaini la ziara ya baadaye; mstari huu hauripoti kuwasili."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "church",
        "overseer",
        "collection",
        "fellowship"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-hospitality"
    },
    {
      "id": "headship",
      "name": "Kichwa / kuwa kichwa",
      "summary": "Kichwa ni mfano wa mwili unaotumiwa kwa mahusiano yanayohusisha Kristo, kanisa, wanawake na wanaume. Maana yake katika vifungu hivi inajadiliwa. Grudem anatoa hoja kuwa lugha ya mfano ya kichwa inamaanisha mamlaka. Cervin anaeleza mfano kupitia nafasi ya mbele na umuhimu wa kichwa halisi na kuchukulia mamlaka kuwa jambo linalodokezwa na muktadha. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho pia kinajadili kutegemeana, huku kitabu cha Waefeso kikiweka ulinganisho wa mume na mke pamoja na kujitiisha, upendo na kutunza.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:3-12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-5-23",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 5:21-25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-5-25",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 5:25",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-5-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 5:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-1-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 1:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-head",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "s.v. Κεφᾰλή",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-grudem-head",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "grudem-kephale-evaluation-2001",
            "work": "The Meaning of Kephalē (Head): An Evaluation of New Evidence, Real and Alleged",
            "locator": "Article; section VIII, Other Recent Authors on kephalē, and preceding lexicographical discussion",
            "url": "https://etsjets.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/files_JETS-PDFs_44_44-1_44-1-PP025-066_JETS.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Wayne Grudem",
            "year": "2001"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-cervin-head",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "cervin-significance-kephale-2016",
            "work": "On the Significance of Kephalē (Head): A Study of the Abuse of One Greek Word",
            "locator": "Sections 1, 3 and 10; Conclusion",
            "url": "https://www.cbeinternational.org/resource/significance-kephale-head/",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Richard S. Cervin",
            "year": "2016"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "contexts",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-11-3",
            "a-eph-5-23",
            "a-col-1-18"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinamhusianisha Kristo, mwanamume, mwanamke na Mungu kupitia lugha ya kichwa; kitabu cha Waefeso kinatumia ulinganisho huo kwa mume, mke na kanisa; kitabu cha Wakolosai kinamwita Kristo kichwa cha mwili, yaani kanisa.",
          "limit": "Mifumo ya mahusiano inatofautiana, hivyo maana ya mfano katika kifungu kimoja haiwezi kuhamishiwa tu kwa kila uhusiano mwingine."
        },
        {
          "id": "care-and-interdependence",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-eph-5-23",
            "a-eph-5-25",
            "a-eph-5-28",
            "a-1co-11-11",
            "a-1co-11-12"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Waefeso kinaweka ulinganisho wake wa mume na mke katika maagizo kuhusu kujitiisha, upendo wa kujitoa na kutunza; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho pia kinasisitiza kutegemeana kwa wanawake na wanaume.",
          "limit": "Kujitiisha, kutunza na kutegemeana ni sehemu ya muktadha uliotajwa; maana sahihi ya mfano na athari zake kwa majukumu ya kijinsia vinabaki maswali ya tafsiri. Kuutaja hakutoi ruhusa ya kulazimisha."
        },
        {
          "id": "authority-reading",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-grudem-head"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-1co-11-3",
            "a-eph-5-23"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Grudem anatoa hoja kuwa kichwa kina maana ya mamlaka katika mahusiano haya ya mfano.",
          "limit": "Hii ni hoja yake ya kileksika na kimuktadha. Haithibitishi makubaliano ya sasa ya wanazuoni wala kuamua kila athari kwa majukumu ya kijinsia ya sasa."
        },
        {
          "id": "contextual-metaphor-reading",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-cervin-head"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-1co-11-3",
            "a-eph-5-23"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Cervin anachukulia nafasi ya mbele na umuhimu kuwa sehemu ya mfano wa kichwa, na mamlaka kuwa jambo linalodokezwa na muktadha.",
          "limit": "Hafanyi chanzo au asili kuwa maana ya kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho 11:3. Maelezo yake yanatofautiana na Grudem anayechukulia mamlaka kuwa maana ya kileksika."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [
        {
          "text": "Κεφᾰλή",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-green-head"
        }
      ],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "body-of-christ",
        "church",
        "love"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-headship"
    },
    {
      "id": "faith-of-christ",
      "name": "Imani kwa Kristo / uaminifu wa Kristo",
      "summary": "Usemi wa Kiyunani pistis Christou unahusianisha imani na Kristo, lakini wafasiri hutofautiana kuhusu uhusiano huo. Hunn anasoma kitabu cha Wagalatia 2:16 kuwa imani ya binadamu inayoelekezwa kwa Kristo; Duke anasoma kitabu cha Warumi 3:22 kwa maana ya uaminifu wa Kristo. Oakes anasisitiza kuendelea kumtumaini na kuwa mwaminifu katika kitabu cha Wagalatia huku akikubali zaidi ya mwelekeo mmoja wa uaminifu. Usemi ni sehemu ya hoja kuhusu haki na kuhesabiwa haki; usomaji uliothibitishwa kwa kifungu kimoja hauwezi kuhamishiwa tu kwa matumizi yake yote.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-2-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 2:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-pistis",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "s.v. Πίστις",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-hunn-faith",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "hunn-pistis-christou-galatians-2006",
            "work": "Pistis Christou in Galatians 2:16: Clarification from 3:1–6",
            "locator": "Sections 1, Introduction; 3, The Correspondence between 2:16 and 3:2, 5; 4, Conclusion",
            "url": "https://www.tyndalebulletin.org/article/29203-in-galatians-2-16-clarification-from-3-1-6.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Debbie Hunn",
            "year": "2006"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-duke-faith",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "duke-hope-new-testament-theology-2021",
            "work": "Hope for the Future of New Testament Theology",
            "locator": "Section 3.4, Commentary Notes, numbered comment 5 on Romans 3:21–26",
            "url": "https://mdpi-res.com/d_attachment/religions/religions-12-00975/article_deploy/religions-12-00975.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Rodney K. Duke",
            "year": "2021"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-oakes-faith",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "oakes-pistis-relational-galatians-2018",
            "work": "Pistis as Relational Way of Life in Galatians",
            "locator": "Section 5, Probable Relationship(s); Conclusions",
            "url": "https://www.ebi.ac.uk/europepmc/webservices/rest/PMC6058407/fullTextXML",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Peter Oakes",
            "year": "2018"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "english-wording",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-22",
            "a-gal-2-16",
            "a-phi-3-9"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Tafsiri ya Kiingereza iliyotajwa ya kitabu cha Warumi, kitabu cha Wagalatia na kitabu cha Wafilipi inaeleza haki au kuhesabiwa haki kupitia imani kwa Kristo.",
          "limit": "Tafsiri ya WEB haiamui swali la kisarufi; tafsiri zinazojadiliwa hapa zinahitaji hoja zake za kimuktadha."
        },
        {
          "id": "argument",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-gal-2-16",
            "a-phi-3-9"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wagalatia kinatofautisha kuhesabiwa haki kupitia imani kwa Kristo na kuhesabiwa haki kwa matendo ya sheria; kitabu cha Wafilipi kinatofautisha haki inayopokewa kwa imani na haki inayoelezwa kuwa ya mtu mwenyewe na inayotokana na sheria.",
          "limit": "Tofauti haithibitishi kuwa kila matumizi ya imani yana uhusiano uleule wa kisarufi na Kristo."
        },
        {
          "id": "believers-faith-reading",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-hunn-faith"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-gal-2-16"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Hunn anasoma usemi katika kitabu cha Wagalatia 2:16 kuwa imani ya binadamu inayoelekezwa kwa Kristo.",
          "limit": "Hunn anatoa hoja kutokana na uhusiano na itikio la wapokeaji wa kitabu cha Wagalatia. Hitimisho lake kuhusu kitabu cha Wagalatia haliamui kila usemi katika kitabu cha Warumi au kitabu cha Wafilipi."
        },
        {
          "id": "christs-faithfulness-reading",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-duke-faith"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-rom-3-22"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Duke anasoma usemi unaohusiana na Kristo katika kitabu cha Warumi 3:22 kwa maana ya uaminifu wa Kristo.",
          "limit": "Hii ni tafsiri ya Duke ya kitabu cha Warumi 3:22. Madai yake mapana kuhusu matumizi ya Kiyunani hayapitishwi kuwa kanuni ya jumla ya sarufi."
        },
        {
          "id": "relational-emphasis",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "debated",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-oakes-faith"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-gal-2-16"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Oakes anasisitiza kuendelea kumtumaini na kuwa mwaminifu katika kitabu cha Wagalatia, huku akikubali zaidi ya mwelekeo mmoja wa uaminifu.",
          "limit": "Anaona kumtumaini kwa waumini kuwa na ushahidi wenye nguvu zaidi katika kitabu cha Wagalatia na kuueleza uchambuzi wake kuwa wa awali. Uaminifu wa pande zote haufanyi usomaji wote wa kisarufi uwe na uwezekano sawa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [
        {
          "text": "πίστις Χριστοῦ",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-hunn-faith"
        }
      ],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "faith",
        "christ",
        "justification",
        "righteousness"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-faith-of-christ"
    },
    {
      "id": "christs-self-emptying",
      "name": "Kujishusha kwa Kristo (kenosis)",
      "summary": "Kujishusha kwa Kristo (kenosis) hueleza Yesu kuingia katika huduma na unyenyekevu wa kibinadamu katika kitabu cha Wafilipi 2. Kamusi ya kihistoria ya Green inahusianisha kitenzi hicho na kujishusha au kuacha mapendeleo. Jowers anaeleza kenosis kupitia Kristo kuwa binadamu na kuingia katika hali ya mtumishi. Williams anasisitiza kujiwekea mipaka ya hiari katika utendaji bila kubadili asili yake ya msingi ya Mungu. Haya ni mambo yanayopatana, badala ya ushahidi kwamba Kristo aliacha sifa fulani za Mungu. Kifungu pia kinahusianisha unyenyekevu wa Kristo na mwenendo wa jumuiya na kutukuzwa kwake baadaye na Mungu.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-2-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 2:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-green-kenoo",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "green-greek-english-lexicon-nt-1896",
            "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament",
            "locator": "s.v. Κενόω; explicit Philippians 2:7 mapping",
            "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/40935/pg40935-images.html",
            "publicDomain": true,
            "role": "early-study",
            "author": "Thomas Sheldon Green (reviser of William Greenfield's lexicon)",
            "year": "1896"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-jowers-self-emptying",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "jowers-morphe-philippians-2006",
            "work": "The Meaning of Morphe in Philippians 2:6–7",
            "locator": "Section III, MORPHE = Erscheinungsform; subsection 2, Responses; subheading b, An exchange of essences?",
            "url": "https://etsjets.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/files_JETS-PDFs_49_49-4_JETS_49-4_739-766_Jowers.pdf",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Dennis W. Jowers",
            "year": "2006"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "s-williams-kenosis",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "williams-kenosis-trinity-2004",
            "work": "Kenosis and the Nature of the Persons in the Trinity",
            "locator": "Sections 2, Kenosis; 3, Self-limitation; 8, Conclusion",
            "url": "https://journals.koers.aosis.co.za/index.php/koers/article/download/320/286",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "David T. Williams",
            "year": "2004"
          }
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "movement",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phi-2-6",
            "a-phi-2-7",
            "a-phi-2-8"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinaweka kujishusha kwa Kristo pamoja na kuchukua umbo la mtumishi na kuwa binadamu, kisha kinaeleza utii hadi kufa.",
          "limit": "Mfuatano wa kifungu wenyewe haubainishi kuwa sifa fulani ya Mungu iliachwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "community-and-exaltation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phi-2-5",
            "a-phi-2-8",
            "a-phi-2-9"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Maelezo yanaanzishwa kuwa muhimu kwa mtazamo wa jumuiya na yanahama kutoka unyenyekevu wa Kristo hadi kutukuzwa na Mungu.",
          "limit": "Kifungu kinahusianisha unyenyekevu wa Kristo na mwenendo wa jumuiya; hakielezi jinsi sifa zake za Mungu na za binadamu zinavyohusiana."
        },
        {
          "id": "historical-lexical-gloss",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "s-green-kenoo"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-phi-2-7"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kamusi ya Green ya 1896 inahusianisha kitenzi katika kitabu cha Wafilipi 2:7 na kujishusha au kuacha mapendeleo.",
          "limit": "Hii inaripoti maana ya kihistoria bila kutambulisha sifa maalumu za Mungu kuwa zimepotea."
        },
        {
          "id": "assumption-reading",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "source-supported",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-jowers-self-emptying"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-phi-2-6",
            "a-phi-2-7"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Jowers anasoma kenosis kupitia maelezo yanayofuata ya hali ya Kristo ya kibinadamu na ya mtumishi badala ya kuacha asili yake ya Mungu.",
          "limit": "Jowers anatoa hoja kutokana na uhusiano kati ya kitenzi na maelezo yanayofuata. Kitenzi cha Kiingereza pekee hakiamui kila swali kuhusu Kristo."
        },
        {
          "id": "voluntary-action-limitation",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "source-supported",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-williams-kenosis"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-phi-2-7"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Williams anafasiri kenosis kuwa Kristo kujiwekea mipaka ya hiari katika utendaji bila kubadili asili yake ya msingi ya Mungu.",
          "limit": "Hili linapatana na Jowers katika hoja finyu kuwa asili ya Mungu haibadilishwi au kupotea. Hilo halifanyi maelezo yao mapana ya kitheolojia kuwa sawa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [
        {
          "text": "Κενόω",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-green-kenoo"
        }
      ],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "cross",
        "lord-jesus",
        "love"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-christs-self-emptying"
    },
    {
      "id": "spiritual-powers",
      "name": "Nguvu za kiroho",
      "summary": "Nguvu za kiroho ni jina la pamoja la mamlaka na nguvu zinazojadiliwa katika barua. Viljoen anasoma majina katika kitabu cha Wakolosai kuwa yanasisitiza ukuu wa Kristo huku akikiri kutokuwa na uhakika kuhusu utambulisho halisi wa nguvu hizo. Kitabu cha Waefeso kinatofautisha pambano lake na kupigana na binadamu, na kitabu cha Warumi kinaweka nguvu hizo katika uhakikisho wake kuhusu upendo wa Mungu. Vifungu hivi havitoi ngazi ya vyeo isiyobadilika wala kutambulisha watu wa sasa kuwa mapepo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-eph-6-12",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 6:12",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-2-14",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 2:14",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-2-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 2:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-38",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:38",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-39",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:39",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "s-viljoen-powers",
          "kind": "source-locator",
          "source": {
            "sourceKey": "viljoen-colossians-cosmic-powers-2019",
            "work": "Perspectives from the Christ Hymn in Colossians 1:13–20 on Cosmic Powers and Spiritual Forces within an African Context",
            "locator": "Powers and forces in Colossians; Colossians 1:16 discussion within Confession and hymn within the Prooemium",
            "url": "https://indieskriflig.org.za/index.php/skriflig/article/view/2433/5635",
            "publicDomain": false,
            "role": "edition",
            "author": "Francois P. Viljoen",
            "year": "2019"
          }
        },
        {
          "id": "a-col-1-13-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Colossians 1:13-20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "conflict-and-victory",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-eph-6-12",
            "a-col-2-14",
            "a-col-2-15"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Waefeso kinaeleza pambano dhidi ya wapinzani wa kiroho badala ya binadamu, na kitabu cha Wakolosai kinaonyesha kushindwa kwa nguvu hizo katika maelezo yake ya msalaba.",
          "limit": "Vifungu vinataja nguvu bila kueleza utambulisho wake wote, mahusiano yake au ngazi zake."
        },
        {
          "id": "assurance",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-38",
            "a-rom-8-39"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinajumuisha malaika na nguvu miongoni mwa mambo kinayosema hayawezi kuwatenga waumini na upendo wa Mungu ndani ya Kristo.",
          "limit": "Uhakikisho ni sehemu ya hoja kuhusu upendo wa Mungu, wala si mbinu ya kutambulisha nguvu maalumu za sasa."
        },
        {
          "id": "supremacy-and-uncertain-identities",
          "claimType": "interpretive",
          "epistemicStatus": "source-supported",
          "confidence": "medium",
          "supports": [
            "s-viljoen-powers"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-col-1-13-20"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Viljoen anaichukulia orodha ya nguvu katika kitabu cha Wakolosai kuwa inayosisitiza ukuu wa Kristo huku ikiacha utambulisho wake halisi bila uhakika.",
          "limit": "Anajumuisha mamlaka zinazoonekana au zisizoonekana, ziwe za viumbe binafsi au za nguvu zisizo za binafsi, ndani ya uhakikisho wa ukuu wa Kristo. Hili halitambulishi kila nguvu, halithibitishi ngazi ya vyeo isiyobadilika wala kuamua uandishi wa kitabu cha Wakolosai."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [
        {
          "text": "ἀρχαὶ",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-viljoen-powers"
        },
        {
          "text": "ἐξουσίαι",
          "language": "grc",
          "anchorId": "s-viljoen-powers"
        }
      ],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "christ",
        "cross",
        "holy-spirit"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-spiritual-powers"
    },
    {
      "id": "tradition",
      "name": "Mapokeo / kukabidhi mafundisho",
      "summary": "Mapokeo yanahusu mafundisho au desturi zilizopokewa na kukabidhiwa ndani ya jumuiya zinazoandikiwa katika barua. Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinakumbusha mapokeo ambayo wapokeaji wake wanayashika na ujumbe ambao Paulo alipokea kuhusu kifo na ufufuo wa Kristo. Kitabu cha 2 Wathesalonike kinajumuisha mafundisho yaliyowasilishwa kwa mdomo na kwa barua. Msisitizo ni kukabidhi na kuwa mwaminifu, badala ya kudhani kuwa kila desturi ya baadaye ina asili au mamlaka ileile.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1co-11-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 11:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2th-2-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Thessalonians 2:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "received-message",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-11-2",
            "a-1co-15-3",
            "a-1co-15-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinaeleza mambo ambayo Paulo alipokea na kukabidhi, ukiwemo ujumbe kuhusu kifo na ufufuo wa Kristo.",
          "limit": "Paulo anasema alipokea na kukabidhi ujumbe huu, lakini hataji kila aliyekabidhi wala kuweka tarehe za hatua za kukabidhi."
        },
        {
          "id": "oral-and-written",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2th-2-15"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wathesalonike kinawaambia wasikilizaji wake washike mafundisho yaliyowasilishwa kwa mdomo au kwa barua.",
          "limit": "Agizo linahusu mafundisho ambayo wapokeaji wanasemekana kuyapokea kutoka kwa watumaji wa barua; halithibitishi uhalali wa kila desturi ya baadaye."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "gospel",
        "scripture",
        "sound-teaching"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-tradition"
    },
    {
      "id": "sound-teaching",
      "name": "Mafundisho yenye uzima",
      "summary": "Mafundisho yenye uzima ni mafundisho yanayopendekezwa katika kitabu cha 1 Timotheo, kitabu cha 2 Timotheo na kitabu cha Tito. Kitabu cha 1 Timotheo kinayatofautisha na mwenendo ambao barua inaukataa. Kitabu cha Tito kinaunganisha mafundisho yanayofaa na uadilifu na mfano wa mwalimu, huku kitabu cha 2 Timotheo kikionya kuhusu wasikilizaji wanaochagua ujumbe unaolingana na tamaa zao. Vifungu hivi vinahusianisha maudhui ya mafundisho, mwenendo wa walimu na itikio la wasikilizaji, badala ya kutoa jina lililotengwa na mazingira hayo.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-1ti-1-10",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Timothy 1:10",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1ti-1-11",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Timothy 1:11",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2ti-4-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Timothy 4:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-2-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 2:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-2-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 2:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-tit-2-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Titus 2:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2ti-4-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Timothy 4:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "conduct",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1ti-1-10",
            "a-tit-2-1",
            "a-tit-2-7",
            "a-tit-2-8"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 1 Timotheo kinatofautisha mwenendo kinaoukataa na mafundisho yenye uzima, na kitabu cha Tito kinahusianisha mafundisho yanayofaa na mfano wa uadilifu.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Tito kinazungumzia mfano na maneno ya mwalimu mwenyewe pamoja na mafundisho yanayopewa wengine."
        },
        {
          "id": "audiences",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2ti-4-3",
            "a-2ti-4-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Timotheo kinaonya kuhusu wasikilizaji wanaochagua walimu kulingana na tamaa zao badala ya kukubali mafundisho ambayo barua inapendekeza.",
          "limit": "Barua inakosoa jinsi wasikilizaji hawa wanavyochagua walimu; kutokubaliana na mwalimu pekee si mwenendo inaoueleza."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "teacher",
        "tradition",
        "holiness",
        "scripture"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-sound-teaching"
    },
    {
      "id": "scripture",
      "name": "Maandiko",
      "summary": "Maandiko hurejelea maandishi yanayochukuliwa kuwa mashahidi wenye mamlaka wa makusudi ya Mungu katika barua hizi. Kitabu cha Warumi kinayahusisha na ahadi za awali za manabii; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinayahusisha na ujumbe wake wa kifo na ufufuo wa Kristo. Kitabu cha 2 Timotheo kinaeleza maandishi matakatifu yaliyojulikana tangu utotoni na kuthamini Maandiko kwa mafundisho na kujenga mwenendo mwema. Vifungu hivi vinaonyesha matumizi na madai kuhusu Maandiko bila kubainisha maudhui ya orodha ya vitabu vya Biblia iliyokamilishwa baadaye.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-1-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 1:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-15-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 15:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2ti-3-15",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Timothy 3:15",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2ti-3-16",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Timothy 3:16",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2ti-3-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Timothy 3:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "witness",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-1-2",
            "a-1co-15-3",
            "a-1co-15-4"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza Maandiko kuwa yenye ahadi za awali za manabii, na kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinayahusisha na kifo na ufufuo wa Kristo.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinarejelea ahadi za awali za manabii, huku kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kikiwa hakitoi orodha ya vifungu vya maandiko vinavyokusudiwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "formation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2ti-3-15",
            "a-2ti-3-16",
            "a-2ti-3-17"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Timotheo kinaeleza Maandiko kuwa yametolewa na Mungu na kuwa yenye manufaa kwa mafundisho, marekebisho na maandalizi ya mwenendo mwema.",
          "limit": "Kifungu kinatambulisha thamani ya Maandiko kwa mafundisho na mwenendo, lakini hakitoi orodha ya vitabu vyake au ya maandishi yaliyojulikana kwa mwandikiwa."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "gospel",
        "tradition",
        "sound-teaching"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-scripture"
    },
    {
      "id": "flesh",
      "name": "Mwili",
      "summary": "Mwili una matumizi tofauti ya kimuktadha na haupaswi kulinganishwa tu na mwili halisi. Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha Wagalatia vinatofautisha maisha yanayoongozwa na mwili na maisha yanayoongozwa na Roho. Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinahusianisha kuutumaini mwili na hadhi ya kurithi na mafanikio ya binafsi. Mifano hii inahusu mwelekeo, uaminifu na misingi ya kujiamini; haifanyi kila kutajwa kwa hali ya kimwili ya binadamu au ukoo wa Wayahudi kuwa kauli ya uovu wa kimaadili.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-gal-5-17",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Galatians 5:17",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-3",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:3",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-4",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:4",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-5",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:5",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-6",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:6",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-phi-3-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Philippians 3:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "orientation",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-5",
            "a-rom-8-6",
            "a-gal-5-17"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi na kitabu cha Wagalatia vinatofautisha mwelekeo au tamaa za mwili na zile zinazohusishwa na Roho.",
          "limit": "Tofauti hii haithibitishi kuwa maada au kila tamaa ya kimwili ni mbaya kwa asili yake."
        },
        {
          "id": "confidence",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-phi-3-3",
            "a-phi-3-4",
            "a-phi-3-5",
            "a-phi-3-6",
            "a-phi-3-7"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Wafilipi kinaeleza kuutumaini mwili kupitia maelezo ya Paulo kuhusu utambulisho wa kurithi, kushika desturi na mafanikio.",
          "limit": "Hoja inatathmini upya misingi ya Paulo ya kujiamini kwa kumhusisha Kristo; haikatai heshima ya ukoo wa Wayahudi."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "holy-spirit",
        "sin",
        "law",
        "new-creation"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-flesh"
    },
    {
      "id": "boasting",
      "name": "Kujisifu",
      "summary": "Kujisifu kunahusu misingi ambayo watu huitumia kudai kujiamini au heshima. Kitabu cha Warumi kinaondoa kujisifu katika hoja yake kuhusu imani; kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinakuelekeza kwa Bwana badala ya hadhi ya binadamu. Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinazungumzia kwa makusudi kujivunia udhaifu kwa sababu ya nguvu ya Kristo. Matumizi haya yanaweza kupinga kujikweza au kuelekeza kujiamini upya, hivyo lugha hiyo haichukuliwi kuwa chanya kila mara wala hasi kila mara.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-27",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:27",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-29",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:29",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-31",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:31",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-12-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 12:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-3-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 3:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "excluded-and-redirected",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-3-27",
            "a-rom-3-28",
            "a-1co-1-29",
            "a-1co-1-31"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinaondoa kujisifu katika maelezo yake ya kuhesabiwa haki kwa imani, huku kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kikitofautisha misingi ya binadamu ya majivuno na kujisifu kunakoelekezwa kwa Bwana.",
          "limit": "Tofauti zinahusu msingi wa kujiamini: kujikweza kunakataliwa, huku kujiamini kunakoelekezwa kwa Bwana kukipendekezwa."
        },
        {
          "id": "weakness",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-12-9"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinaeleza itikio chanya la Paulo kwa udhaifu kwa maana ya kujivunia kwa sababu ya nguvu ya Kristo.",
          "limit": "Hapa tafsiri ya Kiingereza inatumia glory; uhusiano wake wa mada na kujisifu hauthibitishi kuwa misemo ya lugha ya asili inafanana."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "faith",
        "grace",
        "weakness",
        "cross"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-boasting"
    },
    {
      "id": "calling",
      "name": "Mwito",
      "summary": "Mwito unahusianisha kusudi la Mungu na hali na mwenendo wa waumini. Kitabu cha Warumi kinawaweka walioitwa katika maelezo yake ya kusudi la Mungu, kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinachunguza hali ambazo watu waliitwa wakiwa nazo, na kitabu cha Waefeso kinataka namna ya maisha inayofaa. Miktadha inahusu kuwa wa Mungu na kuitikia badala ya kuchagua kazi tu. Tofauti hizo za msisitizo zisipunguzwe kuwa ufafanuzi mmoja ya jinsi kila wito wa mtu binafsi unavyotolewa.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-28",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:28",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-7-20",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 7:20",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-4-1",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 4:1",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-eph-4-2",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Ephesians 4:2",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-7-18",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 7:18",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-7-21",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 7:21",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-7-22",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 7:22",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "purpose-and-conduct",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-rom-8-28",
            "a-eph-4-1",
            "a-eph-4-2"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha Warumi kinahusianisha kuitwa na kusudi la Mungu, huku kitabu cha Waefeso kikihusianisha mwito na unyenyekevu, uvumilivu na maisha ya jumuiya.",
          "limit": "Kuhusianisha mwito na kusudi na mwenendo kunaacha wazi jinsi mwito unavyohusiana na itikio la binadamu."
        },
        {
          "id": "circumstances",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-1co-7-18",
            "a-1co-7-20",
            "a-1co-7-21",
            "a-1co-7-22"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Katika tafsiri ya Kiingereza iliyotajwa, kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinajadili hali ambazo watu waliitwa wakiwa nazo, zikiwemo tohara na utumwa, na kutaja nafasi ya kupata uhuru.",
          "limit": "Kifungu si marufuku kwa wote kubadili kazi au kutafuta kuwekwa huru kutoka kwa hali za ukandamizaji."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "election",
        "grace",
        "holiness",
        "slavery"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-calling"
    },
    {
      "id": "weakness",
      "name": "Udhaifu",
      "summary": "Udhaifu hueleza ukomo wa uwezo kwa namna kadhaa katika barua hizi. Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinahusianisha udhaifu wa Paulo na kutegemea nguvu ya Kristo, kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinatofautisha watu wanaohukumiwa kuwa dhaifu na wanaoonekana kuwa na nguvu, na kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza Roho akiwasaidia waumini wanaopata shida kusali. Mifano inahusu dhiki, tathmini ya kijamii na uwezo wenye ukomo. Inapinga kufanya nguvu ya kuvutia kuwa kipimo cha kazi ya Mungu bila kuchukulia kila ukomo kuwa uzoefu uleule.",
      "anchors": [
        {
          "id": "a-2co-12-9",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 12:9",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-1co-1-27",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "1 Corinthians 1:27",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-rom-8-26",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "Romans 8:26",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-12-7",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 12:7",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        },
        {
          "id": "a-2co-12-8",
          "kind": "scripture-reference",
          "reference": "2 Corinthians 12:8",
          "bodyIncluded": false
        }
      ],
      "claims": [
        {
          "id": "different-settings",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-12-9",
            "a-1co-1-27",
            "a-rom-8-26"
          ],
          "qualifies": [],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinaeleza dhiki, kitabu cha 1 Wakorintho kinapinga hukumu za nguvu ya kijamii, na kitabu cha Warumi kinaeleza ugumu katika sala.",
          "limit": "Hizi ni aina tofauti za ukomo; vifungu havizitambulishi kuwa hali moja ya kimwili au kisaikolojia."
        },
        {
          "id": "dependence",
          "claimType": "textual-observation",
          "epistemicStatus": "attested",
          "confidence": "high",
          "supports": [
            "a-2co-12-7",
            "a-2co-12-9",
            "a-rom-8-26"
          ],
          "qualifies": [
            "a-2co-12-8"
          ],
          "challenges": [],
          "alternativeIds": [],
          "statement": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho kinahusianisha udhaifu na nguvu ya Kristo inayotegemeza, na kitabu cha Warumi kinamwonyesha Roho akisaidia katika udhaifu.",
          "limit": "Kitabu cha 2 Wakorintho hakitaji hali ya kitiba ya dhiki hiyo. Paulo pia anaomba nafuu mara kwa mara, hivyo kifungu hakionyeshi kila ombi la nafuu kuwa kushindwa kwa imani."
        }
      ],
      "alternatives": [],
      "kind": "term",
      "forms": [],
      "relatedTermIds": [
        "suffering",
        "prayer",
        "grace",
        "boasting"
      ],
      "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/sw/explore/glossary#term-weakness"
    }
  ],
  "contentDigest": "8fcc0a1241064b1f7ef1fb1bf3def0fa2c0e905d50ee91be31fec69f580699ea"
}
